TW200821642A - Retardation film - Google Patents

Retardation film Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW200821642A
TW200821642A TW96135749A TW96135749A TW200821642A TW 200821642 A TW200821642 A TW 200821642A TW 96135749 A TW96135749 A TW 96135749A TW 96135749 A TW96135749 A TW 96135749A TW 200821642 A TW200821642 A TW 200821642A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
film
temperature
acid
mass
group
Prior art date
Application number
TW96135749A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Kenichiro Fujihana
Original Assignee
Konica Minolta Opto Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Konica Minolta Opto Inc filed Critical Konica Minolta Opto Inc
Publication of TW200821642A publication Critical patent/TW200821642A/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C55/00Shaping by stretching, e.g. drawing through a die; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C55/02Shaping by stretching, e.g. drawing through a die; Apparatus therefor of plates or sheets
    • B29C55/04Shaping by stretching, e.g. drawing through a die; Apparatus therefor of plates or sheets uniaxial, e.g. oblique
    • B29C55/08Shaping by stretching, e.g. drawing through a die; Apparatus therefor of plates or sheets uniaxial, e.g. oblique transverse to the direction of feed
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • G02B5/3083Birefringent or phase retarding elements
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29KINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES B29B, B29C OR B29D, RELATING TO MOULDING MATERIALS OR TO MATERIALS FOR MOULDS, REINFORCEMENTS, FILLERS OR PREFORMED PARTS, e.g. INSERTS
    • B29K2995/00Properties of moulding materials, reinforcements, fillers, preformed parts or moulds
    • B29K2995/0018Properties of moulding materials, reinforcements, fillers, preformed parts or moulds having particular optical properties, e.g. fluorescent or phosphorescent
    • B29K2995/0031Refractive
    • B29K2995/0032Birefringent

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Polarising Elements (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed is a retardation film for use in a liquid crystal display device, particularly a retardation film which enables to improve the unevenness in a corner part of a big-screen VA-type liquid crystal panel. In the retardation film, the elastic modulus (E23) as measured in the film-stretching direction under the conditions of a temperature of 23 DEG C and a humidity of 55% RH is 3.4 to 4.4 Gpa, and the difference (E23-50) between the elastic modulus (E50) as measured in the film- stretching direction under the conditions of a temperature of 50 DEG C and a humidity of 55% RH and the above-mentioned elastic modulus (E23) satisfies the requierment shown by the formula (1). When the amount of an additive present on a surface of the retardation film to be bounded to a polarizer is defined as 100 by mass, the amount of the additive present on a surface of the retardation film to be adhered to a glass surface is 20 to 70 by mass. Formula (1): 0.30 ≤ E23-50 ≤ 0.80 [wherein, E23-50 = E23 - E50.]

Description

200821642 九、發明說明 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係關於液晶顯示裝置(L C D )或有機E L (電致發 光)顯示器等各種顯示裝置所使用之相位差薄膜,尤其是 該等顯示裝置所使用之偏光板用保護薄膜,及作爲相位差 薄膜使用之具有複折射性之相位差薄膜者。 【先前技術】 一般液晶顯示裝置之基本構成,係在液晶晶胞兩側設 置偏光板者。偏光板係僅通過一定方向之偏波面之光,故 在液晶顯示裝置中,係擔任便電場所致液晶配向之變化使 之可視化之重要任務,藉由偏光板之性能可大幅左右液晶 顯示裝置之性能。 近年來,相對於薄膜之液晶顯示裝置顯示品質之要求T 曰益提高,而有VA(垂直配向模式),〇CB,IPS等各種液 晶顯示方式之提案。在爲使視野角變廣之液晶顯示裝置, 使用相位差補正用薄膜爲一般。而由大畫面化·高精細化 使得相位差薄膜所要求之品質日益嚴苛,而也要求薄膜相 位差値之寬邊方向·長邊方向之均一性。 習知之使用於VA型模式之液晶面板之偏光板,係貼 合於液晶晶胞以在畫面之縱橫方向具有偏光軸之方式。在 此構成所使用之偏光板的要素中之偏光元件’可藉由使 PVA薄膜大幅延長而來製造,在藉由溫度或濕度欲進行收 縮之結果,對保護偏光元件之纖維素酯薄膜或貼合之相位 -4- 200821642 差薄膜施加收縮應力,使畫面進行黑顯示時之四角落脫 色,會有所謂「基板邊角不均」成爲問題之情形。 習知就使用於液晶顯示裝置之相位差薄膜之彈性率比 等,則有各種提案,而有其次之專利文獻。 在專利文獻1,有揭不纖維素酯薄膜’光學補償薄片 (相位差板)及橢圓偏光板,並有規定纖維素酯薄膜機械方 向之拉伸彈性率,及對機械方向呈垂直方向之拉伸彈性 率,進而有記載將機械方向之拉伸彈性率/對機械方向爲 垂直方向之拉伸彈性率之比予以調整,而可調整纖維素酯 薄膜厚度方向之阻滯値(Rth)與面內阻滯値(Re)之關係。 專利文獻1 :日本特開2001-1 00039號公報 【發明內容】 發明揭示 發明欲解決之課題 但是,在上述專利文獻1記載之技術,在上述大畫面 VA型液晶面板中在改良「基板邊角不均」之問題上,會 有不充分之問題。 本發明之目的,係提供一種可解決上述習知技術之問 題,在大畫面VA型液晶面板中可改良基板邊角不均之相 位差薄膜。 解決課題之手段. 本發明人等,爲解決上述習知技術之問題經一再重覆 -5- 200821642 戮力硏究,結果首先發現,在大畫面VA型液晶面板中於 基板邊角不均之改善上,因應偏光元件之收縮力以使保護 薄膜或相位差薄膜本身變形者爲佳,而爲自明。 尤其是,首先發現藉由面板背光之點亮,相位差薄膜 之溫度可達到近於5 0 °C,在此狀態下保護薄膜或相位差薄 膜單體之彈性率,與於溫度23°C之彈性率比較在低至0.3 〜0.8 GPa時,效果爲顯著,因而完成本發明。 但是另一方面,在23 t:般之常溫區域,於保護薄膜或 相位差薄膜單體之彈性率之低彈性率,尤其是在大畫面液 晶面板用偏光板中,因無法對抗偏光元件之收縮力,故在 保護薄膜或相位差薄膜易於產生變形,使得正面對比之降 低成爲問題。 本發明人等,在溫度23°C,濕度55% RH之測定條件 下測定之彈性率(E23)爲3.4〜4.4 GPa,且溫度50°C,濕度 5 5%之測定條件中與彈性率(E5())之差(△E23·5())爲 0.3 0〜 0.8 0 GPa爲其特徵之相位差薄膜,因而完成本發明。 又本發明係在相位差薄膜中,將與偏光元件接觸之面 之可塑劑量,比接觸玻璃側之面之可塑劑量更少者,而可 大幅抑制基板邊角不均之發生。 雖爲推定,但使相位差薄膜之偏光元件側之表面成爲 高可塑劑量下,可使相位差薄膜與PVA(偏光元件)之接合 力提高,另一方面,吾人認爲相位差薄膜之玻璃側表面因 可塑劑量少,故因溫度變化所致PVA之收縮所產生之應 力在傳導至相位差薄膜之際,因此力爲相對地弱,故複折 200821642 射之紊亂難以產生成爲要因。 爲達成上述之目的,申請專利範圍第1項之發明係, 一種相位差薄膜,其爲在薄膜製膜步驟之一部份具備,把 持薄膜之端部,於與搬送方向正交之方向拉伸之手段的製 造步驟中所製造之相位差薄膜,其特徵爲,在溫度23 °C, 濕度5 5 % RH之測定條件下測定之薄膜拉伸方向之彈性率 (E23)爲3.4〜4.4 GPa,且在溫度50°C,濕度55% RH之測 定條件中所測量的該薄膜拉伸方向的彈性率(E5Q)與彈性率 (E23)之差(△En-so)可滿足下述式(1),而與偏光元件接合 側之存在於相位差薄膜表面之添加物量以質量比爲1 00之 情形,與玻璃面黏著側之存在於相位差薄膜表面之添加物 量以質量比爲20〜70者。 式(1)0·30^ΛΕ23·50$0·80 但,^^£23-50 =^23-^500 申請專利範圍第2項之發明係,如申請專利範圍第1 項之相位差薄膜,其中薄膜之膜厚爲’ 35〜60 μηι者。 申請專利範圍第3項之發明係,如申請專利範圍第! 項或第2項之相位差薄膜,其中樹脂之固有黏度(IV)爲 1 .3 〜1 ·7 者。 •申請專利範圍第4項之發明係,如申請專利範圍第] 項至第3項中任一項之相位差薄膜,其中樹脂之主成分係 纖維素酯,該纖維素酯係含有選自纖維素乙·酸酯:,纖濰素 -7- 200821642 乙酸酯丙酸酯,纖維素乙酸酯丁酸酯所成群中至少〗種 者。 申請專利範圍第5項之發明係,如申請專利範圍第4 項之相位差薄膜,其中纖維素酯具有2.42〜2·60之酯基取 代度者。 發明效果 申請專利範圍第1項之相位差薄膜之發明係,其爲在 薄膜製膜步驟之一部份具備,把持薄膜之端部,於與搬送 方向正交之方向拉伸之手段的製造步驟中所製造之相位差 薄膜,其特徵爲,在溫度23 °C,濕度55% RH之測定條件 下測定之薄膜拉伸方向之彈性率(E23)爲3.4〜4.4 GPa,且 溫度5〇°C ’濕度55% RH之測定條件下測定之該薄膜拉伸 方向之彈性率(E5C)與上述彈性率(E23)之差(E23-5G)可滿足 下述式(1)者,而與偏光元件接合側之存在於相位差薄膜表 面之添加物量,以質量比爲1 00之情形,與玻璃面黏著側 之存在於相位差薄膜表面之添加物量以質量比爲20〜70。 式(1)0·30$ΔΕ 2 3·5〇^〇 .80 但,^£23-50=^23450° 根據本發明之相位差薄膜,在溫度23°c,濕度55% RH之測定條件下測定之薄膜拉伸方向之彈性率(E23 )’與 溫度5〇t,濕度55% RH之測定條件下測定之薄膜拉伸方 200821642 向之彈性率(E5G)之差(E23-5())可滿足上述之式(1),亦即, 例如藉由大畫面VA型液晶面板之背光點亮,相位差薄膜 溫度可達到近於5 (TC爲止,在此狀態下之相位差薄膜單體 之彈性率(EM)與在溫度23T:之彈性率(Ευ)比較在低至0.3 〜0.8 GPa之範圍時,因應偏光元件之收縮力可使保護薄 膜或相位差薄膜本身變形者,會有在大畫面VA型液晶面 板中可使基板邊角不均改良者之顯著效果。 尤其是,根據本發明之相位差薄膜,依照環境變動所 產生偏光元件之收縮力,並不使相位差薄膜變差,而可防 止偏光薄膜本身之尺寸變化,又,可防止偏光薄膜之所謂 捲曲(curl),而可達成使液晶面板之製造可生產性良好的‘ 實施之效果。 又申請專利範圍第1項之發明係在相位差薄膜中,將 與偏光元件接觸面之可塑劑量,比接觸玻璃側之面之可塑 劑量更少者,而可達成大幅抑制基板邊角不均之發生之效 果。 此係,相位差薄膜偏光元件側之表面可塑劑量多者, 使得相位差薄膜與PVA(偏光元件)之接合力提高,另一方 面,吾人認爲相位差薄膜玻璃側之表面可塑劑量少,在因 溫度變化所致PVA之收縮所產生應力被傳導至相位差薄 膜之際,因其力相對弱,使得複折射之紊亂難以產生成爲 要因。 申請專利範圍第2項之發明,係在上述申請專利範圍 第1項記載之相位差薄膜中,含於薄膜之薄膜膜厚爲3 5〜: -9- 200821642 6〇 μηι ’根據本發明,近年之薄型顯示器,特別是可充分 '滿足大尺寸之TV等薄型顯示器之用途所使用之相位差薄 膜之溥膜化之期望之顯著效果。 申請專利範圍第3項之發明,係申請專利範圍第1項 或第2項記載之相位差薄膜中,含於薄膜之樹脂之固有黏 度(IV)爲1.3〜1.7,根據本發明,相位差薄膜之製造階段 中’可防止薄膜破裂,同時,可獲得可迴避於薄膜拉伸步 驟之裂斷危險性之效果。 申請專利範圍第4項之發明,係申請專利範圍第1項 〜第3項中任一項記載之相位差薄膜中,含於薄膜之樹脂 之主成分爲纖維素酯,該纖維素酯爲含有選自纖維素乙酸 酯或者纖維素乙酸酯丙酸酯,纖維素乙酸酯丁酸酯之至少 1種者,根據本發明,作爲構成薄膜之樹脂,可使用上述 般之纖維素酯,不僅可保持薄膜之透明性同時在大畫面 VA型液晶面板中可獲得可改良基板邊角不均之相位差薄 膜之效果。 申請專利範圍第5項之發明,係在申請專利範圍第4 項記載之相位差薄膜中,纖維素酯之酯基取代度爲2.42〜 2.60者,根據本發明,藉由使用酯基取代度如上述所規定 之纖維素酯,可一邊保持薄膜之透明性,一邊可獲得與偏 光膜之黏接性爲良好的相位差薄膜之效果。 實施發明之最佳形態 接著,說明本發明之實施之形態,但本發明並非限定 -10· 200821642 於該等。 本發明之相位差薄膜,係在溫度23 °C,濕度55% RH 之測定條件下測定之該薄膜拉伸方向之彈性率(E23)爲3.4 〜4.4 GPa,且在溫度5(TC,濕度55% RH之測定條件下測 定之該薄膜拉伸方向之彈性率(Ε5ϋ)與上述彈性率(E23)之差 (Ε23·5 0)可滿足下述式(1)者。 式(1)0·30$Ε23-5〇$〇·80 但是 ’ E23-5G = E23-E5〇。 本發明中,在大畫面VA型液晶面板中基板邊角不均 之改善’可因應偏光元件之收縮力使保護薄膜或相位差薄 膜本身變形爲重要,尤其是,例如大畫面V A型液晶面板.. 之背光點亮使得相位差薄膜之溫度可達到近於50它,在其. 狀態之相位差薄膜單體之彈性率(E50),與溫度23 t之彈性 率(E23)比較,於低至〇.3〜0.8 GPa之範圍時,效果爲顯 著,根據本發明,在大畫面VA型液晶面板中可改良基板 邊角不均。 以下,就該等予以詳述。 本發明之相位差薄膜,可例舉以製造容易性,與偏光 膜之黏接性良好性,光學透明性等爲佳之要件,其中以聚 合物薄膜爲佳。 本發明所謂透明係指,可視光之透過率60%以上者, 較佳爲80%以上,特佳爲90%以上。 • 11 - 200821642 若具有上述性質,則在該聚合物薄膜並無特別限定, 可例舉例如纖維素二乙酸酯薄膜,纖維素三乙酸酯薄膜’ 纖維素乙酸酯丁酸酯薄膜,纖維素乙酸酯丙酸酯薄膜等纖 維素酯系薄膜,聚酯系薄膜,聚碳酸酯系薄膜,聚芳基化 物系薄膜,聚颯(亦含聚醚》)系薄膜,聚對酞酸乙二酯, 聚乙烯萘二酸酯等之聚酯薄膜,聚乙烯薄膜,聚丙烯薄 膜,賽璐玢,聚氯化亞乙烯薄膜,聚乙烯醇薄膜,乙嫌乙 燃醇薄膜,異態(syndiotactic)聚苯乙燦系薄膜,聚碳酸醋 薄膜,環烯烴系聚合物薄膜(Arton (JSR公司製)), ZEONEX®,ZEONOR® (以上,日本 Z e ο η公司製),聚甲 基戊烯薄膜,聚醚酮薄膜,聚醚酮醯亞胺薄膜,聚醯胺薄: 膜,氟樹脂薄膜,耐綸薄膜,聚甲基甲基丙烯酸酯薄膜, 丙烯酸薄膜或玻璃板等。其中以纖維素酯系薄膜,環烯烴 聚合物薄膜,聚碳酸醋系薄膜,聚颯(含聚醚颯)系薄膜爲· 佳,本發明中,尤以纖維素酯系薄膜,環烯烴聚合物薄 膜’聚碳酸酯系薄膜,在製造上,成本面,透明性,黏接 性等觀點而言可恰當使用。該等薄膜,可爲以熔融流鑄 (flow casting)製膜所製造之薄膜,亦可爲以溶液流鑄製膜 所製造之薄膜。 又,本發明之相位差薄膜,係在日本特開2 0 0 0 -1903 8 5號公報,日本特開2004-4474號公報,日本特開 2005- 1 9 5 8 1 1號公報等所記載之上述薄膜上作爲聚合物層 以設置聚醯胺或聚醯亞胺等之光學異方向性層之聚合物_ 膜爲佳。 -12- 200821642 〔纖維素酯薄膜〕 本發明之作爲相位差薄膜之主成分爲佳之纖維素酯, 以使用纖維素乙酸酯,纖維素丙酸酯,纖維素丁酸酯,纖 維素乙酸酯丁酸酯,纖維素乙酸酯丙酸酯爲佳,其中以, 纖維素乙酸酯,纖維素乙酸酯丁酸酯,纖維素乙酸酯丙酸 酯爲佳。 尤其是’含於含於薄膜之之樹脂之主成分爲纖維素 酯,該纖維素酯,以含有選自纖維素乙酸酯,纖維素乙酸 酯丙酸酯’纖維素乙酸酯了酸酯之中之至少1種者爲佳。 如此一來,本發明中,作爲構成薄膜之樹脂,係藉由 使用上述般之纖維素酯,不僅可保持薄膜之透明性,在大 畫面V A型液晶面板中亦可改良基板邊角不均。 在此,纖維素酯之酯基取代度,以2.4 2〜2.6 0爲佳。 酯基取代度如此一來係使用所規定之纖維素酯,不僅可保 持薄膜之透明性,亦可獲得與偏光膜之黏接性爲良好之相 位差薄膜。該等纖維素酯可以周知方法合成。 本發明中,含於薄膜之樹脂之固有黏度(IV)以1.3〜 1 .7者爲佳’根據本發明,在相位差薄膜之製造階段中, 不僅可防止薄膜之垂下,同時,可迴避在薄膜拉伸步驟之 裂斷之危險性。 在此’含於薄膜之樹脂固有黏度(1 V)之測定,可使用 Ubbelohde型黏度計來進行。具體言之,溶劑係使用四氫 呋喃’將纖維素酯樹脂溶解於溶劑,來調製樣本濃,度〇 .2 -13- 200821642 g / d 1,0.6 g / d 1,1 · 0 g / d 1 之溶液(溫度 2 0 °C )。藉由 Ubbelohde型黏度計,在各自之濃度(C)中求得比黏度 hsp),以次式 [數1] 固有黏度200821642 IX. INSTRUCTIONS OF THE INVENTION [Technical Field] The present invention relates to a phase difference film used in various display devices such as a liquid crystal display device (LCD) or an organic EL (electroluminescence) display, and more particularly to such display devices. The protective film for a polarizing plate and the retardation film having a birefringence used as a retardation film. [Prior Art] A basic configuration of a liquid crystal display device is a polarizer plate provided on both sides of a liquid crystal cell. The polarizing plate only passes the light of the deflecting surface in a certain direction, so in the liquid crystal display device, it is an important task to visualize the change of the liquid crystal alignment caused by the electric field, and the performance of the polarizing plate can greatly influence the liquid crystal display device. performance. In recent years, the demand for display quality of a liquid crystal display device with respect to a film has been improved, and there have been proposals for various liquid crystal display modes such as VA (vertical alignment mode), 〇CB, and IPS. In order to increase the viewing angle of the liquid crystal display device, a film for retardation correction is used in general. Further, the quality required for the retardation film is increasingly severe due to the large screen and high definition, and the uniformity of the broad side direction and the long side direction of the film phase difference is also required. A polarizing plate used in a liquid crystal panel of a VA type mode is a method in which a liquid crystal cell is attached to a liquid crystal cell to have a polarization axis in the longitudinal and lateral directions of the screen. The polarizing element 'in the elements of the polarizing plate used herein can be manufactured by substantially extending the PVA film, and the cellulose ester film or the paste for protecting the polarizing element is obtained as a result of shrinkage by temperature or humidity. Phase -4- 200821642 The film is subjected to shrinkage stress to decolorize the four corners when the screen is black-displayed, and there is a problem that the "substrate angle unevenness" becomes a problem. There are various proposals for the elastic ratio of the retardation film used in the liquid crystal display device, and the second patent document. Patent Document 1 discloses a non-cellulose ester film 'optical compensation sheet (phase difference plate) and an elliptically polarizing plate, and has a tensile modulus in the mechanical direction of the cellulose ester film, and a vertical direction in the mechanical direction. The modulus of elasticity and the ratio of the tensile modulus of elasticity in the machine direction to the tensile modulus of elasticity in the machine direction are adjusted, and the retardation (Rth) and the surface of the cellulose ester film in the thickness direction can be adjusted. The relationship between internal resistance and Re (Re). Patent Document 1: Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2001-1 00039. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED BY THE INVENTION However, in the technique described in Patent Document 1, the "planar corner" is improved in the large-screen VA liquid crystal panel. There will be insufficient problems on the issue of unevenness. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION An object of the present invention is to provide a phase difference film which can improve the unevenness of a substrate corner in a large-screen VA type liquid crystal panel, which solves the above-mentioned problems of the prior art. Means for Solving the Problem. The inventors of the present invention have repeatedly tried to solve the above-mentioned problems of the prior art, and have repeatedly found that the edge of the substrate is uneven in the large-screen VA type liquid crystal panel. In the improvement, it is preferable that the shrinkage force of the polarizing element is such that the protective film or the retardation film itself is deformed. In particular, it was first discovered that by the illumination of the panel backlight, the temperature of the retardation film can reach nearly 50 ° C, and the elastic modulus of the protective film or the retardation film monomer in this state is at 23 ° C. When the elastic modulus is as low as 0.3 to 0.8 GPa, the effect is remarkable, and thus the present invention has been completed. On the other hand, in the 23 t: normal temperature region, the low modulus of elasticity of the protective film or the retardation film monomer, especially in the polarizing plate for large-screen liquid crystal panels, cannot withstand the shrinkage of the polarizing element. Therefore, the protective film or the retardation film is liable to be deformed, so that the reduction in frontal contrast becomes a problem. The inventors of the present invention measured the modulus of elasticity (E23) at a temperature of 23 ° C and a humidity of 55% RH of 3.4 to 4.4 GPa, and a temperature of 50 ° C and a humidity of 5 5% in the measurement conditions and the modulus of elasticity ( The difference (E3·5()) of E5()) is a retardation film characterized by 0.30 to 0.80 GPa, and thus the present invention has been completed. Further, in the retardation film of the present invention, the amount of plasticity of the surface in contact with the polarizing element is smaller than that of the surface contacting the glass side, and the occurrence of unevenness of the substrate corners can be greatly suppressed. Although it is presumed that the surface of the retardation film on the side of the polarizing element is made to have a high plasticity amount, the bonding force between the retardation film and the PVA (polarizing element) can be improved. On the other hand, the glass side of the retardation film is considered to be the same. Since the surface has a small amount of plasticity, the stress caused by the contraction of PVA due to temperature change is transmitted to the phase difference film, so the force is relatively weak, so the disorder of the re-folding 200821642 is difficult to be caused. In order to achieve the above object, the invention of claim 1 is a retardation film which is provided in one part of the film forming step and which holds the end of the film and stretches in a direction orthogonal to the conveying direction. The retardation film produced in the manufacturing step of the method is characterized in that the elastic modulus (E23) of the film stretching direction measured under the measurement conditions of a temperature of 23 ° C and a humidity of 5 5 % RH is 3.4 to 4.4 GPa. And the difference between the elastic modulus (E5Q) and the elastic modulus (E23) in the tensile direction of the film measured in the measurement conditions of a temperature of 50 ° C and a humidity of 55% RH (ΔEn-so) can satisfy the following formula (1) And the amount of the additive present on the surface of the retardation film on the side of the polarizing element is 100% by mass, and the amount of the additive existing on the surface of the retardation film on the side of the glass surface is 20 to 70 by mass. . Formula (1) 0·30^ΛΕ23·50$0·80 However, ^^£23-50 =^23-^500 The invention of claim 2, such as the phase difference film of claim 1 of the patent scope, The film thickness of the film is '35~60 μηι. The invention system of the third application patent scope, such as the scope of patent application! The phase difference film of item 2 or 2, wherein the resin has an intrinsic viscosity (IV) of 1.3 to 1.7. The invention of claim 4, wherein the main component of the resin is a cellulose ester, and the cellulose ester contains a fiber selected from the group consisting of the fiber according to any one of the preceding claims. Acetate Ethyl ester: Fibrinogen-7-200821642 Acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate in at least one of the group. The invention of claim 5 is the phase difference film of claim 4, wherein the cellulose ester has an ester group substitution of 2.42 to 2.60. Advantageous Effects of Invention The invention of the phase difference film of the first aspect of the invention is a manufacturing step of a means for holding the end portion of the film and stretching it in a direction orthogonal to the conveying direction, in one part of the film forming step. The retardation film produced by the method is characterized in that the elastic modulus (E23) of the film stretching direction measured under the measurement conditions of a temperature of 23 ° C and a humidity of 55% RH is 3.4 to 4.4 GPa, and the temperature is 5 〇 ° C. 'The difference between the elastic modulus (E5C) of the film stretching direction measured by the humidity of 55% RH and the above elastic modulus (E23) (E23-5G) can satisfy the following formula (1), and the polarizing element The amount of the additive present on the surface of the retardation film on the joint side is 20 to 70 in a mass ratio of the amount of the additive present on the surface of the retardation film to the surface of the glass surface at a mass ratio of 100 Å. Formula (1)0·30$ΔΕ 2 3·5〇^〇.80 However, ^£23-50=^23450° The measurement condition of the retardation film according to the present invention at a temperature of 23 ° C and a humidity of 55% RH The difference between the elastic modulus (E23) of the film in the tensile direction measured and the elastic modulus (E5G) of the film stretched by the measurement of the temperature of 5 〇t, the humidity of 55% RH (E23-5() The above formula (1) can be satisfied, that is, for example, by backlighting of a large-screen VA type liquid crystal panel, the phase difference film temperature can reach nearly 5 (TC until the phase difference film monomer in this state) When the elastic modulus (EM) is compared with the elastic modulus (Ευ) at a temperature of 23T: in the range of as low as 0.3 to 0.8 GPa, the protective film or the retardation film itself may be deformed in response to the contraction force of the polarizing element. In the large-screen VA type liquid crystal panel, the effect of improving the unevenness of the substrate corners is remarkable. In particular, according to the retardation film of the present invention, the contraction force of the polarizing element generated according to the environmental fluctuation does not deteriorate the retardation film. , which prevents the dimensional change of the polarizing film itself, and prevents the so-called polarizing film Curing, and the effect of the production of the liquid crystal panel can be achieved. The invention of the first aspect of the invention is in the phase difference film, the plasticized dose of the contact surface with the polarizing element is compared. The amount of plasticity of the surface contacting the glass side is smaller, and the effect of greatly suppressing the occurrence of unevenness of the corners of the substrate can be achieved. This is the case where the surface of the retardation film on the side of the polarizing element has a large plasticized dose, so that the retardation film and the PVA ( The bonding force of the polarizing element is improved. On the other hand, it is considered that the surface of the phase difference film glass side has a small amount of plasticity, and the stress generated by the contraction of the PVA due to the temperature change is transmitted to the phase difference film due to the force thereof. The invention is relatively weak, so that the disorder of the birefringence is difficult to be caused. The invention of claim 2 is the film of the film of the first aspect of the invention, wherein the thickness of the film contained in the film is 3 5~: -9- 200821642 6〇μηι 'In accordance with the present invention, a thin display in recent years, particularly a phase which can sufficiently satisfy the use of a thin display such as a large-sized TV The remarkable effect of the desired filming of the poor film. The invention of claim 3 is the inherent viscosity (IV) of the resin contained in the film of the phase difference film described in the first or second aspect of the patent application. According to the present invention, in the manufacturing stage of the retardation film, the film can be prevented from being broken, and at the same time, the effect of avoiding the risk of cracking in the film stretching step can be obtained. In the retardation film according to any one of the items 1 to 3, the main component of the resin contained in the film is a cellulose ester, and the cellulose ester is selected from cellulose acetate or fiber. According to the present invention, at least one of a cellulose acetate propionate and a cellulose acetate butyrate can be used as a resin constituting a film, and the above cellulose ester can be used to maintain not only the transparency of the film but also In the large-screen VA type liquid crystal panel, the effect of improving the retardation film of the substrate edge unevenness can be obtained. The invention of claim 5 is the phase difference film according to item 4 of the patent application, wherein the degree of substitution of the cellulose ester is 2.42 to 2.60, and according to the present invention, the degree of substitution with an ester group is used. The cellulose ester specified above can obtain the effect of a retardation film having good adhesion to the polarizing film while maintaining the transparency of the film. BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION Next, an embodiment of the present invention will be described, but the present invention is not limited to -10. 200821642. The retardation film of the present invention has an elastic modulus (E23) of 3.4 to 4.4 GPa in the tensile direction of the film measured under the conditions of a temperature of 23 ° C and a humidity of 55% RH, and is at a temperature of 5 (TC, humidity 55). The difference between the elastic modulus (Ε5ϋ) in the tensile direction of the film and the elastic modulus (E23) measured under the measurement conditions of % RH (Ε23·50) can satisfy the following formula (1). 30$Ε23-5〇$〇·80 But 'E23-5G = E23-E5〇. In the present invention, the improvement of the unevenness of the substrate corners in the large-screen VA type liquid crystal panel' can be protected by the contraction force of the polarizing element. The deformation of the film or retardation film itself is important, especially, for example, a large-screen VA-type liquid crystal panel. The backlight is lit so that the temperature of the retardation film can reach nearly 50. In the state of the phase difference film monomer The elastic modulus (E50) is more effective than the elastic modulus (E23) at a temperature of 23 t, and is effective in the range of as low as 0.3 to 0.8 GPa. According to the present invention, the substrate can be improved in a large-screen VA liquid crystal panel. The corners are not uniform. Hereinafter, the above will be described in detail. The retardation film of the present invention can be exemplified to be manufactured. The film is excellent in adhesion to a polarizing film, optical transparency, etc., and a polymer film is preferred. The transparent means in the present invention means that the transmittance of visible light is 60% or more, preferably 80. % or more, particularly preferably 90% or more. • 11 - 200821642 The polymer film is not particularly limited as long as it has the above properties, and examples thereof include a cellulose diacetate film and a cellulose triacetate film. Cellulose acetate butyrate film, cellulose acetate film such as cellulose acetate propionate film, polyester film, polycarbonate film, polyarylate film, polyfluorene (also contains poly Ether") film, polyester film of polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polyethylene film, polypropylene film, cellophane, polyvinyl chloride film, polyvinyl alcohol film, B. Ethyl alcohol film, syndiotactic polystyrene film, polycarbonate film, cycloolefin polymer film (Arton (JSR)), ZEONEX®, ZEONOR® (above, Japan Ze ο η company), polymethylpentene film, Polyetherketone film, polyether ketone imide film, polyamide thin: film, fluororesin film, nylon film, polymethyl methacrylate film, acrylic film or glass plate, etc. A film, a cycloolefin polymer film, a polycarbonate film, and a poly(polyether fluorene) film are preferred. In the present invention, a cellulose ester film, a cycloolefin polymer film 'polycarbonate system, particularly The film can be suitably used in terms of production, cost, transparency, adhesion, etc. The film can be a film produced by melt casting or a solution flow. A film made by casting a film. In addition, the retardation film of the present invention is described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2000-1903, No. 2004-4474, and JP-A-2005-119. As the polymer layer, a polymer _ film of an optically anisotropic layer such as polyamine or polyimine is preferably used as the polymer layer. -12- 200821642 [Cellulose Ester Film] The cellulose ester of the present invention as a main component of the retardation film is preferably cellulose acetate, cellulose propionate, cellulose butyrate or cellulose acetate. The ester butyrate, cellulose acetate propionate is preferred, and cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate butyrate, and cellulose acetate propionate are preferred. In particular, the main component contained in the resin contained in the film is a cellulose ester containing a cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate, and acid. At least one of the esters is preferred. As described above, in the present invention, by using the above-mentioned cellulose ester as the resin constituting the film, not only the transparency of the film can be maintained, but also the unevenness of the substrate corner can be improved in the large-screen V A type liquid crystal panel. Here, the degree of substitution of the ester of the cellulose ester is preferably 2.4 2 to 2.60. The degree of substitution of the ester group is such that the desired cellulose ester is used, and not only the transparency of the film but also the phase difference film having good adhesion to the polarizing film can be obtained. These cellulose esters can be synthesized by a known method. In the present invention, the intrinsic viscosity (IV) of the resin contained in the film is preferably 1.3 to 1.7. According to the present invention, in the manufacturing stage of the retardation film, not only the hanging of the film but also the avoidance of the film can be avoided. The risk of cracking in the film stretching step. Here, the measurement of the intrinsic viscosity (1 V) of the resin contained in the film can be carried out using a Ubbelohde type viscometer. Specifically, the solvent is prepared by dissolving the cellulose ester resin in a solvent using tetrahydrofuran' to prepare a sample concentration of 22 -13 - 200821642 g / d 1,0.6 g / d 1,1 · 0 g / d 1 Solution (temperature 20 ° C). The specific viscosity (hsp) is obtained in the respective concentrations (C) by Ubbelohde type viscometer, and the intrinsic viscosity is given by the formula [1].

c—0 C 於濃度零外插,來求得固有黏度[η]。 本發明之相位差薄膜方面,在使用纖維素酯之情形, 纖維素酯之原料之纖維素方面,並無特別限定,可例舉棉 糸戎’木材紙黎(源自針葉樹,源自闊葉樹),洋麻(kenaf) 等。又自該等所得之纖維素酯可以各自任意比率混合使 用。該等纖維素酯,在醯基化劑爲酸酐(乙酸酐,丙酸 酐’丁酸酐)之情形,如乙酸般之使用有機酸或二氯甲烷 等有機溶劑,使用硫酸般之質子性觸媒與纖維素原料反應 而可得。 醯基化劑在爲氯化醯(CH3C0C1,C2H5C0C1, C3H7C0C1)之情形,觸媒係使用胺般之鹼性化合物來進行 反應。具體言之,可參考日本特開平10-45804號記載之 方法等來合成。又,本發明所使用之纖維素酯可與各取代 度一致使上述醯基化劑量混合進行反應者,纖維素酯係該 等醯基化劑與纖維素分子之羥基反應。纖維素分子葡萄糖 單元爲多數連接所成者,於蔔萄糖單元有3個羥基。在 此3個羥基,醯基被衍生之數則稱爲取代度(莫耳%)。例 -14- 200821642 如,纖維素三乙酸酯係葡萄糖單元之3個經基全部與乙醯 基鍵結者(實際爲2.6〜3.0)。 本發明所使用之纖維素酯方面,係如前述,纖維素乙 酸酯丙酸酯,纖維素乙酸酯丁酸酯,或纖維素乙酸酯丙酸 酯丁酸酯般之乙醯基以外,以使用有丙酸酯基或丁酸酯基 鍵結之纖維素之混合脂肪酸酯爲特佳。此外,使丙酸酯基 含有作爲取代基之纖維素乙酸酯丙酸酯作爲耐水性優異, 液晶畫面顯示裝置用之薄膜爲有用。 醯基之取代度之測定方法可準照ASTM-D817-96之規 定來測定。 纖維素酯之數平均分子量爲40000〜200000,而經成 型之情形之機械強度強,且,在溶液流鑄法之情形成爲適 度摻雜黏度爲佳,進而較佳爲50000〜1 50000。又,質量 平均分子量(Mw)/數平均分子量(Μη)以1·4〜4·5之範圍爲 佳。 在此,就纖維素酯之平均分子量,係使用凝膠滲透層 析術來測定,故使用此可計算數平均分子量(Μη) ’及質量 平均分子量(Mw)。 使用下述所示裝置,材料,藉由凝膠滲透層析術法來 測定纖維素酯之質量平均分子量(Mw)及數平均分子量 (Μη)。平均分子量之測定條件係如以下。 凝膠滲透層析術 溶劑(溶離液):二氯甲烷 -15- 200821642 柱名:昭和電工製 GPCk806-GPCk805-GPCk803(3 支) 試料濃度:〇·!(質量%) 流量:1 ·0(ιη1/分) 試料注入量:100(μ1) 標準試料:聚苯乙烯(Mw: 500萬〜670萬)C—0 C is extrapolated at a concentration of zero to determine the intrinsic viscosity [η]. In the case of the phase difference film of the present invention, in the case of using a cellulose ester, the cellulose of the raw material of the cellulose ester is not particularly limited, and may be exemplified by a cotton aphid 'wood paper (from a coniferous tree, derived from a broad-leaved tree). , kenaf (kenaf) and so on. Further, the cellulose esters obtained from these can be used in combination at any ratio. In the case of the cellulose ester, when the thiolating agent is an acid anhydride (acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride 'butyric anhydride), an organic solvent such as an organic acid or dichloromethane is used as in the case of acetic acid, and a proton-like catalyst such as sulfuric acid is used. The cellulose raw material is obtained by reaction. In the case where the thiolating agent is cerium chloride (CH3C0C1, C2H5C0C1, C3H7C0C1), the catalyst is reacted using an amine-like basic compound. Specifically, it can be synthesized by referring to the method described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 10-45804. Further, the cellulose ester used in the present invention can be reacted with the above-mentioned thiolation amount in accordance with the degree of substitution, and the cellulose ester-based thiolating agent reacts with the hydroxyl group of the cellulose molecule. The cellulose molecule glucose unit is composed of a plurality of linkages, and has three hydroxyl groups in the glucose unit. Here, the number of the three hydroxyl groups derived from the thiol group is referred to as the degree of substitution (% by mole). Example -14- 200821642 For example, all three cellulose groups of the cellulose triacetate-based glucose unit are bonded to an acetyl group (actually 2.6 to 3.0). The cellulose ester used in the present invention is as described above, other than cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, or cellulose acetate propionate butyrate. It is particularly preferred to use a mixed fatty acid ester of cellulose having a propionate group or a butyrate group. Further, the cellulose acetate propionate containing a propionate group as a substituent is excellent in water resistance, and a film for a liquid crystal display device is useful. The method for determining the degree of substitution of the thiol group can be determined in accordance with the provisions of ASTM-D817-96. The number average molecular weight of the cellulose ester is from 40,000 to 200,000, and the mechanical strength in the case of molding is strong, and the moderate doping viscosity is preferably in the case of the solution casting method, and further preferably from 50,000 to 150,000. Further, the mass average molecular weight (Mw) / number average molecular weight (?η) is preferably in the range of from 1. 4 to 4·5. Here, since the average molecular weight of the cellulose ester is measured by gel permeation chromatography, the number average molecular weight (??) and the mass average molecular weight (Mw) can be calculated using this. The mass average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (?n) of the cellulose ester were determined by gel permeation chromatography using the apparatus and materials shown below. The measurement conditions of the average molecular weight are as follows. Gel permeation chromatography solvent (dissolved solution): dichloromethane-15- 200821642 Column name: GPCk806-GPCk805-GPCk803 (3 pieces) manufactured by Showa Denko Co., Ltd. Sample concentration: 〇·! (% by mass) Flow rate: 1 · 0 ( Ιη1/min) Sample injection amount: 100 (μ1) Standard sample: Polystyrene (Mw: 5 million to 6.7 million)

溫度:2 5 °C 檢測:RI(啓示折射率計) 該等纖維素酯,係將一般稱爲溶液流鑄製膜法之纖維 素酯溶解液(摻雜),例如,在無限移送之無端金屬帶或旋 轉之金屬鼓輪之流鑄用支持體上自加壓模使摻雜流鑄(鑄 塑)進行製膜之方法來製造者爲佳。 該等摻雜之調製所使用之有機溶劑方面,係使纖維素 酯溶解,且,於適度沸點爲佳,可例舉例如二氯甲烷,乙 酸甲酯,乙酸乙酯,乙酸戊酯,乙醯乙酸甲酯,丙酮,四 氫呋喃,1,3-二噁戊烷(dioxolane ) ,1,4-二噁烷,環己 酮,甲酸乙酯,2,2,2-三氟乙醇,2,2,3,3-四氟-1-丙醇, 1,3-二氟-2·丙醇,15151,3,3,3-六氟-2-甲基-2-丙醇, 1,1,1,3,3,3-六氟-2-丙醇,2,2,3,3,3-五氟-卜丙醇,硝基乙 烷,1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑烷酮(imidazolidinone)等,可例 舉以二氯甲烷等有機鹵化合物,二噁戊烷(dioxolane )衍 生物,乙酸甲酯,乙酸乙酯,丙酮,乙醯乙酸甲酯等爲佳 之有機溶劑(亦即,良溶劑)。 又,如下述製膜步驟所示,在溶劑蒸發步驟中在由流 鑄用支.持體上所形成之網狀物(摻雜膜)使溶劑乾燥時,就 -16-Temperature: 2 5 °C Detection: RI (Enlightenance Refractometer) These cellulose esters are generally referred to as solution-casting film-forming cellulose ester solutions (doping), for example, in the endless transfer It is preferable that the metal strip or the metal drum of the rotating metal drum is formed by a method of forming a film by doping casting (casting) from a pressurizing mold. The organic solvent used for the preparation of the doping dissolves the cellulose ester, and is preferably a moderate boiling point, and examples thereof include dichloromethane, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, amyl acetate, and ethyl acetate. Methyl acetate, acetone, tetrahydrofuran, 1,3-dioxolane, 1,4-dioxane, cyclohexanone, ethyl formate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol, 2,2, 3,3-tetrafluoro-1-propanol, 1,3-difluoro-2.propanol, 15151,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-methyl-2-propanol, 1,1,1 ,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-propanol, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoro-p-propanol, nitroethane, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone (imidazolidinone), etc., may be an organic halogen compound such as dichloromethane, a dioxolane derivative, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, acetone, methyl acetate or the like, preferably an organic solvent (ie, , good solvent). Further, as shown in the film forming step described below, in the solvent evaporation step, when the solvent is dried by the network (doped film) formed on the support for casting, it is -16-

200821642 由可防止網狀物中發泡之觀點而言’所用 點方面,以30〜80 °C爲佳,例如,上述記 點,可爲二氯甲烷(沸點 4 0.4 °C ),2 5 6 · 3 2 °C ),丙酮(沸點5 6 · 3 °C ),乙酸乙酯 等。 上述記載良溶劑之中以使用溶解性優 或乙酸甲酯爲佳。 除了上述有機溶劑以外,以含有〇·1 %之碳原子數1〜4之醇爲佳。特佳爲以5 上述醇者。該等係將上述記載之摻雜在流 後,開始溶劑蒸發,若醇之比率變多時網 凝膠化,使網狀物堅固,可作爲自流鑄用 易進行之凝膠化溶劑使用,或該等之比率 氯系有機溶劑之纖維素酯溶解之作用。 碳原子數1〜4之醇方面,可例舉甲 醇,異丙醇,正丁醇,二級丁醇,三級丁 該等溶劑中,摻雜之穩定性良好,沸 乾燥性亦爲良好故以乙醇爲佳。較佳爲相 質量%〜95質量%以使用含乙醇5質量% 劑爲佳。亦可使用乙酸甲酯以替代二氯甲 可藉由冷卻溶解法來調製摻雜。 本發明所使用之可塑劑方面,以使 劑,非磷酸酯系可塑劑爲佳。 磷酸酯系可塑劑方面,可例舉三苯基 之有機溶劑之沸 載之良溶劑之沸 :酸甲酯(沸點 u 沸點 7 6 · 8 2 °c ) 異之二氯甲烷, 質量%〜4 0質量 〜30質量%含有 鑄用支持體流鑄 I狀物(摻雜膜)呈 支持體剝離可容 少時亦有促進非 醇,乙醇,正丙 醇等。 點亦比較低,因 對於二氯甲烷70 ,〜3 0質量%之溶 烷使用。此時, 用磷酸酯系可塑 ;磷酸鹽,三甲酚 •17、 200821642 鹽 酸 磷 基 苯二 基 辛 鹽 酸 憐 基 苯二 基 酚 甲 鹽 酸 磷 基 鹽 酸 磷 基 辛 三 鹽 酸 磷 基 苯 1 基 苯 等 鹽 酸 磷 基 丁 三 塑 可 系 酯 酸 駄 用 使 當 恰 可 面 方 劑 塑 可 系 酯 酸 磷 非 甲 四 苯 均 劑 塑 可 系 酯 酸 甲 三 苯 偏 劑 檬 檸 劑 塑 可 系 酯 酸 乙 羥 \3/ 劑 塑 可 系 醇 酸酸 價 多 劑 塑 可 系 脂 劑 塑 可 系 酯 ,πυ 齊 塑 可 系 酯 酸 羧 V3/ 價 多 劑 塑 可 系 酯 聚 劑 塑 可 系 酯 酸 肪 等,尤其是在可獲得本發明之效果上,較佳爲以使用多價 醇系可塑劑,聚酯系可塑劑及多價羧酸系可塑劑爲佳。 多價醇酯係由2價以上之脂肪族多價醇與單羧酸之酯 所成,以分子內具有芳香環或環烷基環爲佳。 本發明所使用之多價醇,係如下式一般式(1)所示。 一般式(1) Ri-(〇H)n (但,1^示η價有機基,η示2以上之正整數)。 恰當之多價醇之例方面,可例舉例如以下般之物’但 本發明並非限定於該等。可例舉核糖醇(adonitol) ’阿拉描 糖醇(arabitol),乙一醇’ 一乙一醇’二乙一醇’四乙一 醇,1,2-丙烷二醇,1,3·丙烷二醇,二丙二醇.’三丙二 醇,1,2-丁院二醇,〗,3-丁院二醇,l4.丁院二醇’二丁一 醇,1,2,4 - 丁院三醇’ 1,5 ·戊院二醇’ 1,6 -己院二醇,己院 三醇,半乳糖醇4&13(^丨1〇1),甘露糖醇(1^111111〇1)’3-甲基 戊烷-1,3,5·三醇,四甲基乙二醇(Pinaco1),山梨糖醇’三 羥甲基丙烷,三羥甲基乙烷,木糖醇(xyntol),新戊四 -18- 200821642 醇,二新戊四醇等。其中以三羥甲基丙烷,新戊四丨 佳。 本發明之多價醇酯所使用之單羧酸方面,並無特 制,可使用周知之脂肪族單羧酸’脂環族單羧酸,芳 單羧酸等。若使用脂環族單羧酸,芳香族單羧酸時, 提高透濕性,保留性之點爲佳。恰當的單羧酸之例方 可例舉以下之物,但本發明並非限定於此等。 脂肪族單羧酸方面,以具有碳數1〜32之直鏈或 的脂肪酸可恰當使用。以碳數1〜20者進而爲佳,以 1〜1 0者特佳。在使用乙酸時因與纖維素酯之相溶性 加爲佳,使乙酸與其他單羧酸混合使用亦可。 恰當的脂肪族單羧酸方面,可例舉乙酸’丙酸 酸,戊酸,己酸,庚酸,辛酸,壬酸,辛酸’ 2_乙基-羧酸,十一酸,月桂酸,十三酸,肉豆蔻酸,十五酸 櫚酸,十七酸,硬脂酸,十九烷酸,二十酸’二十 酸,二十四酸,二十六酸,二十七酸,二十八酸’三 烷酸,三十二酸等之飽和脂肪酸,十一碳嫌酸’油酸 梨酸,亞油酸,亞麻酸,花生浸烯酸等之不飽和脂 等。恰當的脂環族單羧酸之例方面,可例舉環戊纟完殘 環己烷羧酸,環辛烷羧酸,或該等衍生物° @ # ^ 單殘酸之例方面,以在苯甲酸,甲苯甲酶基酸等苯甲 苯環導入烷基者,使聯苯基羧酸,萘羧酸’四M彳匕蔡 等之苯環具有2個以上之芳香族單羧酸’或該等彳打生 尤其是苯甲酸爲佳。 醇爲 別限 香族 就可 面, 側鏈 碳敫 可增 ,丁 己烷 ,棕 二院 十碳 ,山 肪酸 酸, 香族 酸之 羧酸 物。 -19- 200821642 多價醇酯之分子量3 00〜1 5 00之範圍爲佳,以3 5 0〜 7 5 0之範圍進而恰當的。分子量大者因難以揮發故爲佳’ 在與透濕性,纖維素酯之相溶性之點以小者爲佳。多價醇 酯所使用之羧酸可爲一種,亦可爲二種以上之混合。又, 多價醇中OH基可全部酯化,將一部份以OH基之方式殘 留亦可。以下表示多價醇酯之具體化合物。 本發明之多價醇酯之含量,在纖維素酯薄膜中含有1 〜15質量%爲佳,尤其是含有3〜10質量%爲佳。 •20- 200821642 [化1 C4H9-C-〇-(CH2>2-〇—{CH2>2—〇-(CH2)2—o-c-c4h9 一 (ch2>2-o-,2>「o—《ch2)2-〇i-^^) 0~(CH2)2-0-(CH2)2~0~(CH2)2~0-C^ \ο ο χ==/ )γ^-〇 4 〇τ Ο 4 ο o-f ch2-ch2—ο 6 c8h17-c~0-|ck2-ch2~0^c-c8h17 _ ο ο __ 7 (3~”和2,2 - — 0 ο 如H2CH2CH2 一0 ch2ch2ch2 - 〇 c - c4h9 o 10 C8H17—贫-〇-^CH2CH2CH2_〇^^-C8H17 _ 0 0 110~r〇 如 N~ 0 0 ~ 12 〇-r0 如 - O)r^-〇 〇 ch3 o 13 C4Hs~C_0 如 HAH - 0^-g-C4H9 〇 ch3 ° 14 C8Ht7—c-o-^ch2ch—o^—c — c8h1715〇°r ο C4H9 - - ο 十 ch2ch2ch2- ο CH; 。十 CH2CH—o ch3 -21 - 200821642 [化2] 16 ?H2 一 17 o ch2—〇 一 c-c4h9 ch3ch2_c-ch2-o 1-0 ch2.〇.c^0 ο ch3ch2—c-ch2—o-好一 c4h9I 0 ch2-o-c-c4h〇 II 0 18200821642 From the viewpoint of preventing foaming in the web, the point used is preferably 30 to 80 ° C. For example, the above-mentioned dot can be dichloromethane (boiling point 4 0.4 ° C), 2 5 6 · 3 2 ° C), acetone (boiling point 5 6 · 3 ° C), ethyl acetate and the like. Among the above-described good solvents, it is preferred to use an excellent solubility or methyl acetate. In addition to the above organic solvent, it is preferred to contain an alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in an amount of 1% by weight. It is especially good for the above alcohols. These processes are carried out after the doping described above, and the solvent is evaporated. When the ratio of the alcohol is increased, the mesh is gelled to make the mesh firm, and it can be used as a gelling solvent which is easy to carry out for casting, or These ratios act to dissolve the cellulose ester of the chlorine-based organic solvent. Examples of the alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include methanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, secondary butanol, and tertiary hydride. The doping stability is good, and the boiling dryness is also good. Ethanol is preferred. Preferably, the phase mass % to 95% by mass is preferably 5% by mass of the ethanol-containing agent. It is also possible to use methyl acetate instead of dichloromethyl to modulate the doping by a cooling dissolution method. In the case of the plasticizer used in the present invention, an agent, a non-phosphate ester plasticizer is preferred. The phosphate ester-based plasticizer may, for example, be a boiling solvent of a good solvent of a triphenyl organic solvent: methyl ester (boiling point u boiling point 7 6 · 8 2 °c) different from dichloromethane, mass %~4 0 mass to 30% by mass of the cast support I-like material (doped film) is used to promote non-alcohol, ethanol, n-propanol, etc. when the support is peeled off. The point is also relatively low, since it is used for methylene chloride 70, ~30% by mass of lysine. At this time, it is plasticized with phosphate ester; phosphate, cresol • 17, 200821642 Phosphorous phenylenediyl chlorohydrin hydrochloride, p-phenylenediphenyl hydroxyphosphate, phosphorus phosphatidylphosphonate, phosphorus phenyl benzene, benzene, etc. Phosphate-based three plastics can be used as bismuth citrate to make it as a savory formula, can be acid, acid ester, non-methylenetetrazide, plastic, ester, acid, trimethylbenzene, sulphuric acid, plastic, acid, ester, acid, hydroxy 3/ plastic can be an acid acid price multi-agent plastic can be a plastic agent, πυ Qi plastic can be ester carboxylic acid V3 / valence multi-agent plastic can be a polyester agent can be acid fat, especially In order to obtain the effect of the present invention, it is preferred to use a polyvalent alcohol-based plasticizer, a polyester-based plasticizer, and a polyvalent carboxylic acid-based plasticizer. The polyvalent alcohol ester is composed of an ester of a divalent or higher aliphatic polyvalent alcohol and a monocarboxylic acid, and preferably has an aromatic ring or a cycloalkyl ring in the molecule. The polyvalent alcohol used in the present invention is represented by the following formula (1). General formula (1) Ri-(〇H)n (however, 1 represents an η-valent organic group, and η represents a positive integer of 2 or more). As an example of a suitable polyvalent alcohol, for example, the following items can be exemplified, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Adenitol can be exemplified as 'arabitol, ethyl alcohol'-ethyl alcohol 'diethyl alcohol' tetraethylene alcohol, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3·propanediol, dipropylene glycol . 'Tripropylene glycol, 1,2-butyl alcohol,〗 3-butyl alcohol, l4. Ding diol 'dibutanol, 1,2,4 - Dingyuan triol' 1,5 · Pentylene glycol '1,6-hexadiol, hexatriol, galactitol 4&13(^丨1〇1), mannitol (1^111111〇1)'3-methylpentane -1,3,5·triol, tetramethyl glycol (Pinaco1), sorbitol 'trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, xylitol (xyntol), neopenta-4- 200821642 Alcohol, dipentaerythritol and the like. Among them, trimethylolpropane and neopentyltetramine are preferred. The monocarboxylic acid used in the polyvalent alcohol ester of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a known aliphatic monocarboxylic acid 'alicyclic monocarboxylic acid, aryl monocarboxylic acid or the like can be used. When an alicyclic monocarboxylic acid or an aromatic monocarboxylic acid is used, the moisture permeability is improved, and the retention is preferred. The following examples of the appropriate monocarboxylic acid are exemplified, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the case of an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid, a linear or fatty acid having a carbon number of 1 to 32 can be suitably used. It is better to use a carbon number of 1 to 20, and it is particularly preferable to use 1 to 1 0. When acetic acid is used, the compatibility with the cellulose ester is preferably added, and acetic acid may be used in combination with other monocarboxylic acids. As the appropriate aliphatic monocarboxylic acid, acetic acid 'propionic acid, valeric acid, caproic acid, heptanoic acid, caprylic acid, capric acid, caprylic acid '2-ethyl-carboxylic acid, undecanoic acid, lauric acid, ten Triacid, myristic acid, pentadecanoic acid, heptadecanoic acid, stearic acid, nonadecanic acid, tauric acid 'tico acid, tetracosic acid, twenty-six acid, twenty-seven acid, two Saturated fatty acids such as octadecanoic acid, tridecanoic acid, tridecanoic acid, eleven carbonic acid, oleic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, peanut-impregnated acid, etc. As an example of a suitable alicyclic monocarboxylic acid, a cyclopentane carboxylic acid, a cyclooctane carboxylic acid, or a derivative of the derivative When a benzene toluene ring such as benzoic acid or tolylmethyl amide is introduced into the alkyl group, the phenyl ring of the biphenyl carboxylic acid, the naphthalene carboxylic acid 'tetra M 彳匕 彳匕, etc. has two or more aromatic monocarboxylic acids' or It is better to use benzoic acid, especially benzoic acid. Alcohol is not limited to the fragrance of the family, the side chain carbon enthalpy can be increased, butane, brown, the second carbon, the fatty acid, the carboxylic acid of the aromatic acid. -19- 200821642 The molecular weight of the polyvalent alcohol ester is preferably in the range of 3 00 to 1 5 00, and is suitably in the range of 305 to 750. It is preferable that the molecular weight is large because it is difficult to volatilize. The preference for compatibility with moisture permeability and cellulose ester is preferably small. The carboxylic acid to be used for the polyvalent alcohol ester may be one type or a mixture of two or more types. Further, the OH group in the polyvalent alcohol may be all esterified, and a part may be left as an OH group. Specific compounds of the polyvalent alcohol ester are shown below. The content of the polyvalent alcohol ester of the present invention is preferably from 1 to 15% by mass, particularly preferably from 3 to 10% by mass, based on the cellulose ester film. •20-200821642 [Chemical 1 C4H9-C-〇-(CH2>2-〇-{CH2>2—〇-(CH2)2—oc-c4h9 one (ch2>2-o-,2> “o—“ Ch2)2-〇i-^^) 0~(CH2)2-0-(CH2)2~0~(CH2)2~0-C^ \ο ο χ==/ )γ^-〇4 〇τ Ο 4 ο of ch2-ch2—ο 6 c8h17-c~0-|ck2-ch2~0^c-c8h17 _ ο ο __ 7 (3~” and 2,2 - 0 ο as H2CH2CH2 a 0 ch2ch2ch2 - 〇 c - c4h9 o 10 C8H17— lean-〇-^CH2CH2CH2_〇^^-C8H17 _ 0 0 110~r〇如如~~ 0 0 ~ 12 〇-r0 as - O)r^-〇〇ch3 o 13 C4Hs~ C_0 such as HAH - 0^-g-C4H9 〇ch3 ° 14 C8Ht7-co-^ch2ch-o^-c — c8h1715〇°r ο C4H9 - - ο ten ch2ch2ch2- ο CH;十CH2CH—o ch3 -21 - 200821642 [Chemical 2] 16 ?H2 a 17 o ch2—〇一c-c4h9 ch3ch2_c-ch2-o 1-0 ch2.〇.c^0 ο ch3ch2—c-ch2—o- Good one c4h9I 0 ch2-oc-c4h〇II 0 18

ο II CH2-〇-C-C8Hn 19 ch2 一。 ch3ch2—c-ch2-o - c-c8h17 I 〇 ch2-o-c-c8h17 II ο ch3ch2_c-ch2· X〇! 20 21 CH2 一 o-c ch2-〇TcH3 o ch2-o-c CH3CH2—9~CH2—o-c-ch3 ο CH2 一 〇_C-CH3 II ο 22 ?/-\ ch2-o~c—( > -〇i~0 ch3ch2-c-ch2-o-c o 23 ch3ch2*-c-ch2-o-c oο II CH2-〇-C-C8Hn 19 ch2 one. Ch3ch2—c-ch2-o - c-c8h17 I 〇ch2-oc-c8h17 II ο ch3ch2_c-ch2· X〇! 20 21 CH2 an oc ch2-〇TcH3 o ch2-oc CH3CH2—9~CH2—oc-ch3 ο CH2 一〇_C-CH3 II ο 22 ?/-\ ch2-o~c-( > -〇i~0 ch3ch2-c-ch2-oc o 23 ch3ch2*-c-ch2-oc o

rO ch2-o-c-ch3 I! o ch2 I ch3ch2-c-ch2 ch2-ohrO ch2-o-c-ch3 I! o ch2 I ch3ch2-c-ch2 ch2-oh

-22- 200821642-22- 200821642

-23- 200821642-23- 200821642

CH3-CH2-C-CH2-〇-C-^^/ CH3-CH2-C-CH2-〇-|-^y o x=/ 33 ^y~t〇>(cH2-CH2-CH2-〇^—。―CH3-CH2-C-CH2-〇-C-^^/CH3-CH2-C-CH2-〇-|-^yox=/ 33 ^y~t〇>(cH2-CH2-CH2-〇^-. ―

〇 O 34〇 O 34

Cy^〇4cH2,-Cy^〇4cH2,-

O CH3 OO CH3 O

9 CUO (聚酯系可塑劑) 聚酯系可塑劑並無特別 環或環烷基環之聚酯系可塑 方面,並無特別限定,例如 族末端酯系可塑劑爲佳。 限定,以使用分子內具有芳香 劑爲佳。恰當的聚酯系可塑劑 ,以卞述一般式(2)所示之芳香 2008216429 CUO (Polyester-based plasticizer) The polyester-based plasticizer is not particularly limited as long as it has no particular ring or a cycloalkyl ring. For example, a terminal terminal ester-based plasticizer is preferred. It is preferred to use an aromatic agent in the molecule. Appropriate polyester plasticizer to describe the aroma of general formula (2) 200821642

一般式(2) B-(G-A)n-G-B (式中,B示苯單羧酸殘基,G示碳數2〜12 基或碳數6〜12之芳基二醇殘基或碳數4〜1 二醇殘基,A示碳數4〜1 2之烷撐二羧酸殘 12之芳基二羧酸殘基,又:η示1以上之整_ 中’ Β所示之苯單羧酸殘基與G所示之烷撐 化烯烴二醇殘基或芳基二醇殘基,Α所示之 基或芳基二羧酸殘基所構成之物,可與通常 劑相同之反應而得。 本發明所使用之聚酯系可塑劑之苯單羧 有例如苯甲酸,對三級丁基苯甲酸,鄰甲苯 甲苯甲醯基酸,對甲苯甲醯基酸,二甲基苯 甲酸,正丙基苯甲酸,胺基苯甲酸,乙醯氧 該等可各自使用1種或以2種以上之混合物' 本發明所使用之聚酯系可塑劑之碳數2 醇成分方面,可例舉乙二醇’丨,2·丙二醇, 1,2·丁烷二醇,1,3-丁烷二醇,1,2-丙烷二醇 丙烷二醇,1,4-丁烷二醇,戊烷二醇,2 丙烷二醇(新戊基二醇),2,2 -二乙基-1,3 -丙 羥甲基戊烷),2-正丁基-2-乙基·1,3丙烷二 基庚烷),3 -甲基-1,5 -戊烷二醇1,6 -己烷二f 基1,3-戊烷二醇,2-乙基U3-己烷二醇,2-二醇,1,9 -壬二醇,1,1 〇 -癸院二醇,1,1 2 - 之烷撐二醇殘 2之氧化烯烴 基或碳數6〜 〇。一般式(2) 二醇殘基或氧 烷撐二羧酸殘 之聚酯系可塑 酸成分方面v、 甲醯基酸,間 甲酸,乙基苯 基苯甲酸等, 作使用。 〜1 2之烷撐二 1,3-丙二醇, ,2-甲基 1,3 -,2 - 一 甲基-1,3 -烷二醇(3,3·二 醇(3,3-二羥甲 淳,2,2,4-三甲 •甲基 1,8-辛烷 •八院二醇等, -25- 200821642 該等二醇可以1種或2種以上之混合物使用。尤其是碳數 2〜1 2之烷撐二醇因與纖維素酯之相溶性優異,尤其是恰 當的。 又’本發明所使用之芳香族末端酯之碳數4〜12之經 基烷撐二醇成分方面,有例如二乙二醇,三乙二醇,四乙 二醇,二丙二醇,三丙二醇等,該等二醇,可作爲〗種或 2種以上之混合物使用。 本發明所使用之芳香族末端酯之碳數4〜12之烷撐二 羧酸成分方面,有例如琥珀酸,順丁烯二酸,反丁烯二 酸,戊二酸,己二酸,壬二酸,癸二酸,十二烷二羧酸 等,該等可各自以1種或2種以上之混合物使用。碳數6 〜1 2之伸芳基二羧酸成分方面,則有酞酸,對苯二甲酸, 異酞酸,1,5萘二羧酸,1,4萘二羧酸等。 本發明所使用之聚酯系可塑劑,數平均分子量較佳_ 300〜1500,更佳爲400〜1000之範圍爲恰當。又,其酸 價爲0.5 mgKOH/g以下,羥基價爲25 mgKOH/g以下,更 佳爲酸價〇·3 mgKOH/g以下,羥基價以15 mgKOH/g以下 者爲恰當。 以下,本發明表示恰當的芳香族末端酯系可塑劑之合 成例。 <樣本Νο·1(芳香族末端酯樣本)> 在反應容器一次總括裝入酞酸4 1 0份,苯甲酸6 j 〇 份,二丙二醇7 3 7份,及作爲觸媒之四異丙基鈦酸醋0 · 4 〇 -26 - 200821642 份在氮氣流中於攪拌下,附加回流凝縮器使過剩1價醇回 流,——邊使酸價成爲2以下爲止,在1 3 〇〜2 5 0 °C持續加熱 將生成之水予以連續除去。接著於2 0 0〜2 3 0 °C 1 0 0〜最終 爲4x1 02Pa以下之減壓下,將餾出份除去,其後過濾獲得 具有下列性狀之芳香族末端酯系可塑劑。 黏度(25°C,mPa · s) ; 43400 酸價 ;〇?2 <樣本No . 2 (芳香族末端酯樣本)> 除了在反應容器使用,酞酸4 1 0份,苯甲酸6 1 0份,、 乙二醇341份,及觸媒之四異丙基鈦酸酯0.35份以外其 他則與樣本Ν ο · 1完全相同獲得具有其次之性狀的芳香族 末端酯。 黏度(25°C,mPa · s) ; 3 1000 酸價 ;0.1 <樣本No. 3 (芳香族末端酯樣本)> 除了在反應容器使用,酞酸410份,苯甲酸610份, 1,2-丙烷二醇418份,及觸媒之四異丙基鈦酸酯0.35份以 外其他則與樣本Ν 〇. 1完全相同獲得具有其次性狀之芳香 族末端酯。 黏度(25°C,mPa*s) ; 3 8000 酸價 ;0.0 5 -27- 200821642 <樣本No. 4(芳香族末端酯樣本)> 除了在反應容器使用酞酸4 1 0份,苯甲酸6 1 0份, 1,3-丙烷二醇418份,及觸媒之四異丙基鈦酸酯0.35份以 外其他則與樣本No.l完全相同獲得具有其次之性狀之芳 香族末端酯。 黏度(25°C,mPa · s) ; 37 00 0 酸價 ;0 · 0 5 以下表示本發明所使用之芳香族末端酯系可塑劑之具 體的化合物,但本發明並非限定於此。 ^—^louo£o£oo£o£oooul^l^l.ooot£o£oo£o£uooo £o£0 ^l^loooixo£ooool«^xowlouo»xo£oooo 、^loooi£o£o£oo£o£o£oooo\=r ^ 产 y-*80L5x3£DO£u£ox88 - 08丨 80」H3WH30NH3WHP003 £o£o 000ίχυ£ϋ1000! ! οοοχο£υοοοGeneral formula (2) B-(GA)nGB (wherein B represents a benzene monocarboxylic acid residue, G represents an aryl diol residue having a carbon number of 2 to 12 or a carbon number of 6 to 12 or a carbon number of 4~ 1 diol residue, A represents an aryl dicarboxylic acid residue of a 12-to-1 2 alkylene dicarboxylic acid residue 12, and further: η shows a benzene monocarboxylic acid represented by 1 or more The residue may be reacted with an alkylene olefin diol residue or an aryl diol residue represented by G, or a aryl dicarboxylic acid residue represented by hydrazine, and may be reacted in the same manner as a normal agent. The benzene monocarboxylic acid of the polyester-based plasticizer used in the present invention is, for example, benzoic acid, p-tert-butylbenzoic acid, o-toluene toluene-methyl carboxylic acid, p-toluamyl carboxylic acid, dimethylbenzoic acid, Examples of the propyl benzoic acid, the amino benzoic acid, and the acetoxy group may be one or a mixture of two or more. The carbon number of the polyester plasticizer used in the present invention is 2, and the exemplified is B. Glycol '丨,2·propylene glycol, 1,2·butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,2-propanediol propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, pentane II Alcohol, 2 propane diol (neopentyl glycol), 2,2-diethyl- 1,3-propoxymethylpentane), 2-n-butyl-2-ethyl-1,3 propanediylheptane, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol 1,6 - Hexanedifyl 1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl U3-hexanediol, 2-diol, 1,9-nonanediol, 1,1 〇-癸 diol, 1, 1 2 - an alkylene oxide residue having an alkylene group or a carbon number of 6 to 〇. The general formula (2) diol residue or oxyalkylene dicarboxylic acid residual polyester-based plastic acid component v, formazanic acid, m-formic acid, ethyl benzoic acid, etc., are used. ~1 2 alkylene di1,3-propanediol, 2-methyl 1,3 -,2-monomethyl-1,3-alkanediol (3,3·diol (3,3-dihydroxyl) Formazan, 2,2,4-trimethyl-methyl 1,8-octane, octadiol, etc., -25- 200821642 These diols may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In particular, carbon number 2 The alkylene glycol of ~12 is particularly suitable for compatibility with a cellulose ester, and is particularly suitable for the alkylene glycol component having a carbon number of 4 to 12 in the aromatic terminal ester used in the present invention. For example, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, tripropylene glycol, etc., may be used as a mixture or a mixture of two or more. The aromatic terminal ester used in the present invention. Examples of the alkylene dicarboxylic acid component having 4 to 12 carbon atoms include, for example, succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, sebacic acid, and twelve An alkanedicarboxylic acid or the like, each of which may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The aryldicarboxylic acid component having a carbon number of 6 to 12 is phthalic acid, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid. , 1,5 naphthalene dicarboxylic acid, 1 4. Naphthalene dicarboxylic acid, etc. The polyester-based plasticizer used in the present invention preferably has a number average molecular weight of _300 to 1,500, more preferably 400 to 1,000. Further, the acid value is 0.5 mgKOH/g or less. The hydroxyl value is 25 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably the acid value is mg3 mgKOH/g or less, and the hydroxyl value is 15 mgKOH/g or less. Hereinafter, the present invention represents an appropriate aromatic terminal ester-based plasticizer. Synthetic example. <Sample Νο·1 (aromatic terminal ester sample)> In a reaction vessel, 4 10 parts of citric acid, 6 〇 of benzoic acid, 7 3 parts of dipropylene glycol, and a catalyst were charged. 4 isopropyl titanate vinegar 0 · 4 〇-26 - 200821642 parts under a nitrogen stream with stirring, a reflux condenser is added to reflux excess monovalent alcohol, while the acid value is 2 or less, at 1 3 〇~2 5 0 °C, continuous heating, the generated water is continuously removed, and then the distillate is removed at a reduced pressure of 2 0 0 to 2 30 ° C 1 0 0 to finally 4 x 1 02 Pa or less, and thereafter Filtration to obtain an aromatic terminal ester plasticizer having the following properties: Viscosity (25 ° C, mPa · s); 43400 Acid value; 2 <Sample No. 2 (aromatic terminal ester sample)> In addition to use in the reaction vessel, 4 10 parts of citric acid, 610 parts of benzoic acid, 341 parts of ethylene glycol, and tetraisopropyl acrylate The other than 0.35 parts of the base titanate is exactly the same as the sample ο ο 1 to obtain the aromatic terminal ester with the second trait. Viscosity (25 ° C, mPa · s); 3 1000 acid value; 0.1 < sample No. 3 (aromatic terminal ester sample)> In addition to the use in the reaction vessel, 410 parts of citric acid, 610 parts of benzoic acid, 418 parts of 1,2-propanediol, and 0.35 parts of tetraisopropyl titanate of the catalyst The others were identical to the sample Ν 〇. 1 to obtain an aromatic terminal ester with a secondary trait. Viscosity (25 ° C, mPa * s); 3 8000 acid value; 0.0 5 -27- 200821642 <Sample No. 4 (aromatic terminal ester sample)> In addition to using 40 parts of citric acid in the reaction vessel, benzene The aromatic terminal ester having the next trait was obtained in the same manner as the sample No. 1 except that 610 parts of formic acid, 418 parts of 1,3-propanediol, and 0.35 parts of tetraisopropyl titanate of the catalyst were used. Viscosity (25 ° C, mPa · s); 37 00 0 acid value; 0 · 0 5 The following shows a specific compound of the aromatic terminal ester-based plasticizer used in the present invention, but the present invention is not limited thereto. ^—^louo£o£oo£o£oooul^l^l.ooot£o£oo£o£uooo £o£0 ^l^loooixo£ooool«^xowlouo»xo£oooo , ^loooi£o£o £oo£o£o£oooo\=r ^ y-*80L5x3£DO£u£ox88 - 08丨80"H3WH30NH3WHP003 £o£o 000ίχυ£ϋ1000! ! οοοχο£υοοο

Or b- xo I 0001 Ho£o— ooo I *{£0> 1000 \ 08 〇0〇£0|^1^— £οοοοι*50τουο£υ 1^1^1 ^—^loool£o£oo£o£oooul^£OTOOO£ul^l^l£oooo £0000Or b- xo I 0001 Ho£o— ooo I *{£0> 1000 \ 08 〇0〇£0|^1^- £οοοοι*50τουο£υ 1^1^1 ^—^loool£o£oo£ o£oooul^£OTOOO£ul^l^l£oooo £0000

9 τ- cni «〇 兮 in <〇 卜 〇〇 \ rj ν〇 -28- 2008216429 τ- cni «〇 兮 in <〇 卜 〇〇 \ rj ν〇 -28- 200821642

I 10χ-ο — Ορο—xuwxololxo^xo £uχ-ο_ —OOY^HUTSOlH^s-oi^HUOS 人》s&gt;》 ^—^louo£o£uo£o£oo£o£uoout^ ^ ^—^ιοοο£ο£οο£ο£οο£ο£οοου—^—^ 本發明之有用的多價羧酸系可塑劑係由2價以上,較 佳爲2價〜20價之多價羧酸與醇之酯所成。又,脂肪族多 價羧酸以2〜20價爲佳,在芳香族多價羧酸,脂環式多價 羧酸之情形以3價〜20價爲佳。 本發明所使用之多價羧酸係如下述一般式(3)所示。 一般式(3) R5(COOH)m(OH)n -29- 200821642 (式中,R5示(m + n)價之有機基,m示2以上之u 示〇以上之整數,COOH基示羧基,OH基示醇 性羥基)。 恰當的多價羧酸之例方面,可例舉例如以 物,而本發明並非限定於該等。苯三甲酸,均 (trimesic acid),均苯四甲酸般之3價以上芳 羧酸或其衍生物,琥珀酸,己二酸,壬二酸,癸 酸,反丁烯二酸,順丁烯二酸,四氫酞酸般之脂 羧酸,酒石酸,羥基丙二酸,蘋果酸,檸檬酸般 價羧酸等爲佳。尤其是使用羥基多價羧酸者,就 高等之點爲恰當的。 本發明所使用之多價羧酸酯化合物所使用之 無特別限制可使用周知之醇,苯酚類。例如具有 32之直鏈或側鏈之脂肪族飽和醇或脂肪族不飽和 以碳數1〜20者進而爲佳,碳數1〜1〇特佳。 醇,環己醇等之脂環式醇或其衍生物,苄基醇, 之芳香族醇或其衍生物等爲佳。 多價羧酸方面,在使用羥基多價羧酸之情形 基多價羧酸之醇性或苯酚性之羥基使用單羧酸進 恰當的單羧酸之例方面可例舉以下之物,本發明 於此。 脂肪族單羧酸方面以具有碳數1〜32之直.鏈 脂肪酸爲佳。以碳數1〜20者進而爲佳,以碳數 Ξ整數,η 性或苯酚 下之般之 苯三甲酸 香族多價 二酸,草 肪族多價 之羥基多 保留性提 醇方面並 碳數1〜 醇爲佳。 又,環戊 肉桂醇等 ,係使羥 行酯化。 並非限定 或側鏈之 1〜1 0特 -30- 200821642 佳。 恰當的脂肪族單羧酸方面可例舉乙酸,丙酸,丁酸, 戊酸,己酸,庚酸,辛酸,壬酸,正癸酸,2-乙基-己烷竣 酸,^--酸,月桂酸,十三酸,肉豆蔻酸,十五酸,棕櫚 酸,十七酸,硬脂酸,十九院酸,二十酸,二十二院酸, 二十四酸,二十六酸,二十七酸,二十八酸,三十碳烷 酸’三十二酸等之飽和脂肪酸,十一碳餘酸,油酸,山梨 酸,亞油酸,亞麻酸,花生浸烯酸等之不飽和脂肪酸等。 恰當的脂環族單羧酸之例方面,可例舉環戊烷羧酸, 環己烷羧酸,環辛烷羧酸,或該等衍生物。 恰當的芳香族單羧酸之例方面,可例舉苯甲酸,甲苯 甲醯基酸等苯甲酸之苯環導入烷基者,聯苯基羧酸,萘羧 酸,四氫化萘羧酸等之具有2個以上苯環之芳香族單羧 酸,或該等衍生物。尤其是乙酸,丙酸,苯甲酸爲佳。 多價羧酸酯化合物之分子量並無特別限制,以分子量 3 0 0〜1 0 〇 〇之範圍爲佳,以3 5 0〜7 5 0之範圍進而爲恰當 的。就保留性提高之點以大者爲佳,就與透濕性,纖維素 酯之相溶性之點而言以小者爲佳。 本發明所使用之多價羧酸酯所使用之醇類可爲一種, 亦可爲二種以上之混合。 本發明所使用之多價羧酸酯化合物之酸價以1 m g Κ Ο Η /g以下爲佳,以0·2 mgKOH/g以下進而爲恰當的。 尤其恰當的多價羧酸酯化合物之例係如以下所示,但 本發明並非限定於此等。例如三乙基檸檬酸酯,三丁基檸 -31 - 200821642 檬酸酯,乙醯基三乙基檸檬酸酯(ATEC),乙醯基三丁基檸 檬酸酯(ATBC),苯醯基三丁基檸檬酸酯,乙醯基三苯基檸 檬酸酯,乙醯基三苄基檸檬酸酯,酒石酸二丁酯,酒石酸 二乙醯基二丁酯,苯三甲酸三丁酯,均苯四甲酸四丁酯 等。 該等可塑劑可爲單獨或混合2種以上。可塑劑之使用 量,相對於纖維素衍生物在未達1質量%時因使薄膜之透 Φ 濕度減低之效果少故並不佳,超過20質量%時自薄膜有可 • 塑劑流跡(bleed out),因薄膜之物性劣化,故,以1〜20質 量%爲佳。以6〜16質量%進而爲佳,特佳爲8〜13質量 % 〇 在本發明之相位差薄膜,以使用紫外線吸收劑爲佳。 紫外線吸收劑方面,因以波長3 7 0 nm以下之紫外嫌 吸收能優異,且以良好液晶顯示性之觀點而言,以使用波 長400 urn以上之可視光吸收少者爲佳。 β 以使用本發明爲佳之紫外線吸收劑之具體例方面,可 例舉例如羥基二苯基酮系化合物,苯并三唑系化合物,水 ^ 楊酸酯系化合物,二苯基酮系化合物,氰丙烯酸酯系化合 物,鎳錯鹽系化合物等,但並非限定於該等。 苯并三唑系紫外線吸收劑方面,可以例如下述之紫外 線吸收劑爲具體例予以例舉說明,但本發明並非限定於該 等。 1^-1:2-(2、羥基-5,-甲基苯基)苯并三唑 UV-2 : 2-(2、羥基-3,,5,-二-三級丁基苯基)苯并三唑 -32- 200821642 UV-3 : 2-(2,-羥基- 3’-三級丁基- 5,-甲基苯基)苯并三 唑 UV-4 : 2-(2’-羥基·3’,5’-二-三級丁基苯基)-5-氯苯并 三口坐 1^-5:2-(2,-羥基-3、(3”,4”,5”,6”-四氫鄰苯二甲醯亞 胺甲基)-5,-甲基苯基)苯并三0坐 UV-6 : 2,2-亞甲基雙(4-(1,1,3,3·四甲基丁基)-6-(2H-苯并三唑-2-基)苯酚) UV-7 : 2-(2’-經基- 3’-三級丁基- 5’-甲基苯基)-5-氯苯 并三唑 UV-8 ·· 2-(2H-苯并三唑-2-基)-6-(直鏈及側鏈十二基)-4-甲基苯酚(TINUVIN171,Ciba 製) UV-9 :辛基-3-〔 3-三級丁基-4-羥基-5·(氯- 2H -苯并三 唑-2-基)苯基〕丙酸酯與2-乙基己基-3-〔 3-三級丁基-4〜羥 基-5-(5-氯-2H-苯并三唑-2-基)苯基〕丙酸酯之混合物 (TINUVIN1 09,Ciba 製) 又,二苯基酮系紫外線吸收劑方面可例示下述具體 例,但本發明並非限定於該等。 UV-10: 2,4·二羥基二苯基酮 UH1 : 2,2’-二羥基-4-甲氧基二苯基酮 UV-12: 2-羥基-4-甲氧基-5-磺基二苯基酮 UV-13:雙(2-甲氧基-4-羥基-5·苯醯基苯基甲烷) 以使用本發明爲佳之紫外線吸收劑方面,以透明性 高’可防止偏光板或液晶劣化之效果優異之苯并三唑系紫 -33- 200821642 外線吸收劑或二苯基酮系紫外線吸收劑爲佳,不需要的著 色更少的苯并三唑系紫外線吸收劑尤其是爲佳。 又’在日本特開200 1 - 1 87825所記載之分配係數爲 9.2以上之紫外線吸收劑,在提高長形薄膜之面品質,在 塗佈性亦爲優異。尤其是使用分配係數1 〇 .〗以上之紫外 線吸收劑爲佳。 又’以使用日本特開平6_ 1 4 843 0號記載之一般式(1) ♦ 或一般式(2),日本特開2002-47357之一般式(3),(6),(7) - 記載之高分子紫外線吸收劑(或紫外線吸收性聚合物)或曰 本特開2002- 1 69020之段落[0027]〜[005 5]記載之紫外線 吸收性共聚聚合物爲佳。高分子紫外線吸收劑方面t PUVA-30M(大塚化學公司製)等有市售。 本發明之相位差薄膜可使用防氧化劑。在高濕高溫之 狀態放置液晶畫面顯示裝置等之情形,會有偏光板保護薄 膜之劣化產生之情形。防氧化劑,例如可藉由偏光板保護 © 薄膜中殘留溶劑量之鹵素或磷酸系可塑劑之磷酸等而可使 偏光板保護薄膜之分解者予以延遲,或予以防止之作用, • 而以含於該偏光板保護薄膜爲佳。 此種防氧化劑方面’可使用受阻苯酚系之化合物爲 佳,例如 2,6-二-三級·丁基·對甲酚’新戊四醇基-四個 〔3-(3,5-二-三級丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯〕,.三乙二醇-雙〔3 ·( 3 -三級丁基· 5 -甲基-4 -經基苯基)丙酸酯〕,1,6 -己 烷二醇-雙〔3-(3,5-二-三級丁基-4·羥基苯基)丙酸酯〕., 2,4-雙-(正辛基硫代)-6-(4-羥基-3,5-二-三級丁基苯胺基)- -34- 200821642 1,3,5-三哄,2,2·硫代-二乙烯雙〔3-(3,5-二-三級丁基-4-羥 基苯基)丙酸酯〕,十八基-3-(3,5-二-三級丁基-4-羥基苯 基)丙酸酯,N,N’-亞己基雙(3,5-二-三級丁基-4·經基-氫肉 桂醯胺)’ 1,3,5-三甲基-2,4,6-三(3,5-二-三級丁基-4-羥基 苄基)苯,三個-(3,5-二-三級丁基-4-羥基苄基)一異氰尿酸 酯等。 尤其是,以2,6-二-三級丁基-對甲酚,新戊四醇基-四 個〔3-(3s 5-二-三級丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯〕,三乙二 醇-雙〔3-(3-三級丁基-5-甲基-4-羥基苯基)丙.酸酯〕爲 佳。又,可倂用例如N,N,-雙〔3-(3,5-二·三級丁基-4-羥 基苯基)丙醯基〕肼等之胼系之金屬惰性劑或三(2,4-二-三. 級丁基苯基)亞磷酸酯(phosphite)等之磷系加工穩定劑。 該等化合物之添加量相對於纖維素衍生物以質量比率 1 ppm〜1 ·0%爲佳,以1 〇〜1 〇〇〇 ppm進而爲恰當。 又,在本發明之相位差薄膜爲賦予潤滑性以使用微粒 子爲佳。 在添加於本發明之相位差薄膜之微粒子之1次平均粒 子徑方面,以2 0 nm以下爲佳,進而較佳爲5〜16 nm, 特佳爲5〜12 nm。該等微粒子以形成0.1〜5 μιη粒徑之2 次粒子而含於相位差薄膜者爲佳,恰當的平均粒徑爲0.1 〜2 μΐΒ,進而較佳爲0.2〜0.6 μηι。藉此,在薄膜表面形 成高度0.1〜1.0 μηι左右之凹凸,藉此在薄膜表面可賦予 適切潤滑性。 本發明所使用微粒子之1次平均粒子徑之測定,以透 -35- 200821642 過型電子顯微鏡(倍率50萬〜200萬倍)進行粒子之觀察, 來觀察粒子1 00個,測定粒子徑以其平均値作爲1次平均 粒子徑。 微粒子之外觀比重方面,以7〇g/升以上爲佳,進而較 佳爲90〜200g/升,特佳爲1〇〇〜200g/升。外觀比重越大 則越可製作高濃度之分散液,而因可使霧度,凝集物良化 爲佳,又,如本發明在調製固形成分濃度高的摻雜之際, 尤其是爲佳。 1次粒子之平均徑爲20 nm以下,外觀比重爲70g/升 以上之二氧化矽微粒子,例如將予以氣化之四氯化矽與氫: 混合者以1 000〜1 200°C在空氣中燃燒下而可獲得。又有例 如 Aerosil 200V,Aerosil R972V(以上,日本 Aerosil 公司 製)商品名之市售品,而可使用該等。 上述記載之外觀比重係採用二氧化矽微粒子一定量鼠 筒,測定此時重量,以下述式計算者。 外觀比重(g/升)=二氧化矽質量(g)/二氧化矽之容積(升) 在調製本發明所使用微粒子之分散液之方法方面,可 例舉例如以下所示3種。 《調製方法A》 在將溶劑與微粒子攪拌混合後,以分散機進行分散。 使其作爲微粒子分散液。使微粒子分散液添加於摻雜液予 -36- 200821642 以攪拌。 《調製方法B》 將溶劑與微粒子攪拌混合後,以分散機進行分散。使 其作爲微粒子分散液。另外在溶劑添加少量纖維素三乙酸 酯,予以攪拌溶解。對此添加該微粒子分散液進行攪拌。 使其作爲微粒子添加液。將微粒子添加液以聯機混合器與 摻雜液充分混合。 《調製方法C》 · 在溶劑添加少量纖維素三乙酸酯,予以攪拌溶解。對 此添加微粒子以分散機進行分散。使其作爲微粒子添加 液。將微粒子添加液以聯機混合器與摻雜液作充分混合。 曰周製方法A就一氧化砂微粒子之分散性爲優異,調製 方法C就二氧化矽微粒子難以再凝集之點爲優異。其中以 上述記載之調製方法B就二氧化矽微粒子之分散性,與二 氧化矽微粒子難以再凝集等,爲兩者均優異之恰當的調製 方法。 《分散方法》 將二氧化矽微粒子與溶劑等混合在分散時之二氧化矽 濃度以5質量%〜3 〇質量%爲佳,以1 〇質量%〜2 5質量。/〇 進而爲佳,以1 5〜20質量%爲最恰當。分散濃度以高者相 對於添加量之液濁度有變低之傾向,因霧度,,凝集物可良 -37- 200821642 化故爲恰當。 所使用之溶劑在低級醇類方面,較佳爲可例舉甲基 醇,乙基醇,丙基醇,異丙基醇,丁基醇等。低級醇以外 之溶劑方面並無特別限定,以使用纖維素酯之製膜時所使 用之溶劑爲佳。 相對於纖維素酯之二氧化砂微粒子之添加量相對於纖 維素酯100質量份,二氧化矽微粒子以0.01質量份〜5.0 質量份爲佳,以〇·〇5質量份〜1.0質量份進而爲佳,以 〇質量份〜〇 · 5質量份暴爲恰當。添加量多者,動摩擦係 數優異,添加量少者,則凝集物變少。 分散機可使用通常之分散機。分散機可大致分成介質 分散機與非介質分散機。在二氧化矽微粒子之分散則以非 介質分散機之霧度低爲恰當。介質分散機方面可例舉球磨 機,砂磨機,Dino磨機等。非介質分散機方面則有超音波 型,離心型,高壓型等,在本發明中以高壓分散裝置爲 佳。高壓分散裝置係將微粒子與溶劑經混合之組成物,於 細管中在高速通過下,而可製出高剪斷或高壓狀態等特殊 條件之裝置。 在以高壓分散裝置進行處理之情形,例如在管徑1〜 2000 μηι之細管中裝置內部之最大壓力條件爲9.807 MPa 以上者爲佳。進而較佳爲19.613 MPa以上。又此時,最 高到達速度達到100m/秒以上者,傳熱速度以達到420 kJ/ 小時爲佳。 在上述般之高壓分散裝置,有 Microfluidics -38- 200821642I 10χ-ο — Ορο—xuwxololxo^xo £uχ-ο_ —OOY^HUTSOlH^s-oi^HUOS People》s&gt;” ^—^louo£o£uo£o£oo£o£uoout^ ^ ^—^有用 ο υ ^ ^ 有用 有用 有用 ^ 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用 有用Made of ester. Further, the aliphatic polyvalent carboxylic acid is preferably from 2 to 20, and in the case of an aromatic polyvalent carboxylic acid or an alicyclic polyvalent carboxylic acid, it is preferably from 3 to 20 valence. The polyvalent carboxylic acid used in the present invention is represented by the following general formula (3). General formula (3) R5(COOH)m(OH)n -29- 200821642 (wherein R5 represents an organic group of (m + n) valence, m represents an integer of 2 or more, and the COOH group represents a carboxyl group; , OH group is an alcoholic hydroxyl group). As an example of a suitable polyvalent carboxylic acid, for example, the present invention is exemplified, and the present invention is not limited thereto. Trimethic acid, trimesic acid, pyromellitic acid-like trivalent or higher aromatic carboxylic acid or its derivative, succinic acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, citric acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid Diacids, tetrahydrofurfuric acid-like aliphatic carboxylic acids, tartaric acid, hydroxymalonic acid, malic acid, citric acid-like carboxylic acids and the like are preferred. Especially in the case of using a hydroxypolycarboxylic acid, the higher point is appropriate. The polyvalent carboxylic acid ester compound to be used in the invention is not particularly limited, and a well-known alcohol or phenol can be used. For example, an aliphatic saturated alcohol having a linear or side chain of 32 or an aliphatic unsaturated is preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, and a carbon number of 1 to 1 is particularly preferred. An alicyclic alcohol such as an alcohol or a cyclohexanol or a derivative thereof, a benzyl alcohol, an aromatic alcohol or a derivative thereof, or the like is preferred. In the case of a polyvalent carboxylic acid, in the case of using a hydroxypolyvalent carboxylic acid, the following may be exemplified as an example in which an alcoholic or phenolic hydroxyl group of a polyvalent carboxylic acid is used as a suitable monocarboxylic acid, and the present invention is exemplified. herein. The aliphatic monocarboxylic acid is preferably a straight chain fatty acid having a carbon number of 1 to 32. It is further preferred that the carbon number is from 1 to 20, and the carbon number is Ξ integer, η or phenol is the same as the benzene tricarboxylic acid aromatic polyvalent diacid, and the grass aliphatic polyvalent hydroxyl group retains the alcohol and carbon. The number 1 ~ alcohol is preferred. Further, cyclopentanol or the like is esterified with a hydroxyl group. Not limited to or side chain 1~1 0 special -30- 200821642 Good. The suitable aliphatic monocarboxylic acid may, for example, be acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, valeric acid, caproic acid, heptanoic acid, caprylic acid, capric acid, n-decanoic acid, 2-ethyl-hexanecarboxylic acid, ^-- Acid, lauric acid, tridecanoic acid, myristic acid, pentadecanoic acid, palmitic acid, heptadecanoic acid, stearic acid, nineteenth hospital acid, twenty acid, twenty-two acid, twenty-four acid, twenty Rare acid, octadecanoic acid, oleic acid, sorbic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, peanut dicene, hexaic acid, twenty-seven acid, octadecanoic acid, tridecanoic acid An unsaturated fatty acid such as an acid. As an example of a suitable alicyclic monocarboxylic acid, a cyclopentanecarboxylic acid, a cyclohexanecarboxylic acid, a cyclooctanecarboxylic acid, or the like can be exemplified. Examples of a suitable aromatic monocarboxylic acid include a benzene ring of a benzoic acid such as benzoic acid or tolylmethyl carboxylic acid, which is introduced into an alkyl group, a biphenyl carboxylic acid, a naphthalene carboxylic acid, a tetrahydronaphthalene carboxylic acid or the like. An aromatic monocarboxylic acid having two or more benzene rings, or such derivatives. In particular, acetic acid, propionic acid, and benzoic acid are preferred. The molecular weight of the polyvalent carboxylic acid ester compound is not particularly limited, and is preferably in the range of molecular weight of 300 to 10 〇 ,, and further preferably in the range of 305 to 750. The point of improvement in retention is preferably larger, and it is preferably smaller in terms of compatibility with moisture permeability and cellulose ester. The polyvalent carboxylic acid ester used in the present invention may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The acid value of the polyvalent carboxylate compound used in the present invention is preferably 1 m g Κ Ο Η /g or less, and more preferably 0.2 mg KOH / g or less. Examples of particularly suitable polyvalent carboxylate compounds are as follows, but the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, triethyl citrate, tributyl citrate-31 - 200821642 citrate, ethyltriethyl citrate (ATEC), ethoxylated tributyl citrate (ATBC), benzoquinone III Butyl citrate, ethoxylated triphenyl citrate, acetyl benzyl tribenzyl citrate, dibutyl tartrate, dibutyl butyl tartrate, tributyl benzene tricarboxylate, homo benzene Tetrabutyl formate and the like. These plasticizers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When the amount of the plasticizer is less than 1% by mass, the effect of reducing the Φ humidity of the film is not good, and when it exceeds 20% by mass, there is a plastic agent flow path from the film ( Bleed out), since the physical properties of the film are deteriorated, it is preferably 1 to 20% by mass. It is preferably 6 to 16% by mass, more preferably 8 to 13% by mass. 〇 In the retardation film of the present invention, it is preferred to use an ultraviolet absorber. In terms of the ultraviolet absorber, it is preferable that the absorption energy of ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 370 nm or less is excellent, and that the visible light absorption using a wavelength of 400 urn or more is preferable from the viewpoint of good liquid crystal display property. Specific examples of the ultraviolet absorber which is preferably a preferred embodiment of the present invention include a hydroxydiphenylketone compound, a benzotriazole compound, a water ester compound, a diphenyl ketone compound, and cyanide. An acrylate type compound, a nickel salt fault type compound, etc. are not limited to these. The benzotriazole-based ultraviolet absorber may be exemplified as a specific example of the ultraviolet absorber described below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. 1^-1: 2-(2, hydroxy-5,-methylphenyl)benzotriazole UV-2: 2-(2, hydroxy-3,5,2-di-tert-butylphenyl) Benzotriazole-32- 200821642 UV-3 : 2-(2,-hydroxy-3'-tertiary butyl-5,-methylphenyl)benzotriazole UV-4 : 2-(2'- Hydroxy·3',5'-di-tertiary butylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotrienyl 1^-5:2-(2,-hydroxy-3, (3", 4", 5", 6"-tetrahydrophthalic acid imine methyl)-5,-methylphenyl)benzo-3-oxo UV-6: 2,2-methylenebis(4-(1,1,3) ,3·tetramethylbutyl)-6-(2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)phenol) UV-7: 2-(2'-carbamic-3'-tertiary butyl-5'- Methylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole UV-8 ·· 2-(2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-6-(linear and side chain dodecyl)-4-methyl Phenol (TINUVIN 171, manufactured by Ciba) UV-9: Octyl-3-[3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5.(chloro-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)phenyl]propionate Mixture with 2-ethylhexyl-3-[3-tert-butyl-4~hydroxy-5-(5-chloro-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)phenyl]propionate (TINUVIN1 09 , made by Ciba) In addition, the diphenyl ketone UV absorber can be used. Specific examples are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to such. UV-10: 2,4·dihydroxydiphenyl ketone UH1 : 2,2'-dihydroxy-4-methoxydiphenyl ketone UV-12: 2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-5-sulfonate Diphenyl ketone UV-13: bis(2-methoxy-4-hydroxy-5.phenylphenyl phenylmethane) is used in the use of the present invention as a preferred ultraviolet absorber, and the transparency is high to prevent the polarizing plate Or benzotriazole-based violet-33-200821642, which is excellent in the effect of liquid crystal deterioration, is preferably an external absorbent or a diphenylketone-based ultraviolet absorbent, and a benzotriazole-based ultraviolet absorbent having less coloring is not particularly required. good. Further, the ultraviolet absorber having a partition coefficient of 9.2 or more as described in JP-A No. 200 1 - 87825 is excellent in coatability while improving the surface quality of the elongated film. In particular, it is preferred to use a UV absorber above the partition coefficient of 1 〇. In addition, the general formula (1) ♦ or the general formula (2) described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 6- 1 843 0, and the general formula (3), (6), (7) of JP-A-2002-47357 are described. The ultraviolet absorbing polymer (or ultraviolet absorbing polymer) or the ultraviolet absorbing copolymer described in paragraphs [0027] to [0055] of JP-A-2002-69020 is preferred. The polymer ultraviolet absorber is commercially available as a PUVA-30M (manufactured by Otsuka Chemical Co., Ltd.). The retardation film of the present invention can use an antioxidant. When a liquid crystal display device or the like is placed in a state of high humidity and high temperature, there is a case where deterioration of the protective film of the polarizing plate occurs. The antioxidant can be delayed or prevented by the depolarizer of the polarizing plate protective film by, for example, protecting the amount of residual solvent in the film by a polarizing plate or a phosphoric acid of a phosphate-based plasticizer. The polarizing plate protective film is preferred. In the case of such an antioxidant, a hindered phenol-based compound may be preferably used, for example, 2,6-di-tris-butyl-p-cresol-neopentyl alcohol-four [3-(3,5-di) -Tris-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate],.Triethylene glycol-bis[3 ·(3-tributyl)5-methyl-4-phenylphenyl)propionate ], 1,6-hexanediol-bis[3-(3,5-di-tri-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], 2,4-bis-(n-octylsulfide) Generation)-6-(4-hydroxy-3,5-di-tertiary butylanilino)- -34- 200821642 1,3,5-triazine, 2,2·thio-divinyl bis[3- (3,5-di-tri-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], octadecyl-3-(3,5-di-tri-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate ,N,N'-hexylene bis(3,5-di-tertiary butyl-4-trans-hydrocinnamoguanamine)' 1,3,5-trimethyl-2,4,6-tri 3,5-di-tertiary butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)benzene, three-(3,5-di-tri-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-isocyanurate or the like. In particular, 2,6-di-tertiary butyl-p-cresol, pentaerythritol-four [3-(3s 5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate ], triethylene glycol-bis[3-(3-tri-butyl-5-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate] is preferred. Further, for example, a metal inert agent such as N,N,-bis[3-(3,5-di-tris-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propanyl]anthracene or the like can be used. , a phosphorus-based processing stabilizer such as 4-di-tris-butylphenyl phosphite. The amount of the compound to be added is preferably 1 ppm to 1% by mass based on the mass ratio of the cellulose derivative, and is preferably 1 〇 to 1 〇〇〇 ppm. Further, in the retardation film of the present invention, it is preferred to use fine particles for imparting lubricity. The primary average particle diameter of the fine particles added to the retardation film of the present invention is preferably 20 nm or less, more preferably 5 to 16 nm, and particularly preferably 5 to 12 nm. The fine particles are preferably formed into a retardation film by forming secondary particles having a particle diameter of 0.1 to 5 μm, and an appropriate average particle diameter is 0.1 to 2 μΐΒ, more preferably 0.2 to 0.6 μη. Thereby, irregularities having a height of about 0.1 to 1.0 μηι are formed on the surface of the film, whereby appropriate lubricity can be imparted to the surface of the film. The measurement of the average particle diameter of the microparticles used in the present invention is carried out by observing the particles by a through-electron microscope (magnification of 500,000 to 2,000,000 times) through a -35-200821642, and observing the particle diameter by The average enthalpy is taken as the average particle diameter of one time. The aspect ratio of the fine particles is preferably 7 〇 g / liter or more, more preferably 90 to 200 g / liter, and particularly preferably 1 〇〇 to 200 g / liter. The larger the specific gravity of the appearance, the higher the concentration of the dispersion can be produced, and the haze and the agglomerate are preferably improved, and the present invention is particularly preferable when the doping having a high solid concentration is prepared. The primary particles having a primary diameter of 20 nm or less and an apparent specific gravity of 70 g/liter or more, for example, ruthenium tetrachloride and hydrogen to be vaporized: mixed at 1 000 to 1 200 ° C in the air Available under combustion. Further, for example, Aerosil 200V, Aerosil R972V (above, manufactured by Japan Aerosil Co., Ltd.) is commercially available as a commercial item, and such a product can be used. The apparent specific gravity described above is measured by using a certain amount of cerium oxide microparticles, and the weight is measured by the following formula. The specific gravity of the appearance (g/liter) = the mass of the cerium oxide (g) / the volume of the cerium oxide (liter). The method of preparing the dispersion of the fine particles used in the present invention may, for example, be as follows. <<Modulation Method A>> After the solvent and the fine particles were stirred and mixed, they were dispersed by a disperser. It is used as a fine particle dispersion. The fine particle dispersion was added to the dope to -36-200821642 to be stirred. <<Modulation Method B>> The solvent and the fine particles were stirred and mixed, and then dispersed by a disperser. This was used as a fine particle dispersion. Further, a small amount of cellulose triacetate was added to the solvent, and the mixture was stirred and dissolved. The fine particle dispersion was added thereto for stirring. It is used as a fine particle addition liquid. The microparticle addition solution is thoroughly mixed with the doping solution in an in-line mixer. <<Preparation Method C>> A small amount of cellulose triacetate is added to a solvent and stirred and dissolved. The microparticles were added to this dispersion in a disperser. Use it as a microparticle additive. The microparticle addition solution is thoroughly mixed with the doping solution in an in-line mixer. The week-by-side method A is excellent in the dispersibility of the fine particles of the oxidized sand, and the preparation method C is excellent in that the cerium oxide fine particles are hard to reaggregate. In the preparation method B described above, the dispersibility of the cerium oxide fine particles and the difficulty in re-aggregation of the cerium oxide fine particles are excellent modulation methods which are excellent in both. <<Dispersion Method>> The cerium oxide fine particles are mixed with a solvent or the like, and the concentration of cerium oxide at the time of dispersion is preferably 5% by mass to 3% by mass, and is preferably 1% by mass to 25% by mass. /〇 Further, it is most appropriate to use 1 5 to 20% by mass. The turbidity of the liquid having a higher dispersion relative to the added amount tends to be lower, and the haze is good, and the agglomerate can be improved -37-200821642. The solvent to be used is preferably a methyl alcohol, an ethyl alcohol, a propyl alcohol, an isopropyl alcohol or a butyl alcohol, in terms of a lower alcohol. The solvent other than the lower alcohol is not particularly limited, and a solvent used for film formation using a cellulose ester is preferred. The amount of the cerium oxide fine particles added to the cellulose ester is preferably 0.01 parts by mass to 5.0 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the cellulose ester, and is preferably 5 parts by mass to 1.0 part by mass. Good, it is appropriate to use 〇 mass parts ~ 〇 · 5 mass parts of violence. When the amount of addition is large, the coefficient of dynamic friction is excellent, and if the amount of addition is small, the amount of aggregates is small. The disperser can use a conventional disperser. Dispersers can be broadly divided into media dispersers and non-media dispersers. In the dispersion of the cerium oxide microparticles, it is appropriate to use a low haze of the non-dielectric disperser. The medium dispersing machine may, for example, be a ball mill, a sand mill, a Dino mill or the like. The non-media dispersing machine is of a supersonic type, a centrifugal type, a high pressure type, etc., and a high pressure dispersing device is preferable in the present invention. The high-pressure dispersing device is a device in which fine particles and a solvent are mixed, and is passed through a small tube at a high speed to produce a device having a special condition such as a high shear or a high pressure state. In the case of treatment with a high-pressure dispersing device, for example, in a capillary tube having a diameter of 1 to 2000 μm, the maximum pressure inside the device is preferably 9.807 MPa or more. Further preferably, it is 19.613 MPa or more. At this time, when the maximum arrival speed reaches 100 m/sec or more, the heat transfer rate is preferably 420 kJ/hr. In the above-mentioned high-pressure dispersing device, there is Microfluidics -38- 200821642

Corporation公司製超高壓均化器(商品名Microfluidizer) 或 Nanomizer 公司製 Nanomizer,其他可例舉 Manton Gaulin型局壓分散裝置’例如’ Izumifood machinary製均 化器,三和機械公司公司製UHN_01等。 又,將含有微粒子之摻雜與流鑄支持體直接接觸之方 式進行流鑄者,因可獲得潤滑性高,霧度低之薄膜故爲恰 當的。 又,在流鑄後予以剝離並乾燥之,捲繞成輥狀後,可 設置硬塗覆層或防反射層等之功能性薄膜。在自加工或者 出貨爲止之期間,爲了防止、污染或靜電所致塵屑附著等來; 保護製品,通常則進行包裝加工。就此包裝材料,爲達成 上述目的則並無特別限定,以不妨礙來自薄膜之殘留溶劑 揮發者爲佳。具體言之,可例舉聚乙烯,聚酯,聚丙烯, 耐綸,聚苯乙烯,紙,各種不織布等。纖維以成爲篩龜 (mesh cloth)狀者來使用更佳。 本發明之相位差薄膜係含有延遲控制劑以進行延遲之 調整爲佳。 (棒狀化合物) 本發明之相位差薄膜,以使溶液之紫外線吸收光譜之 最大吸收波長Omax)以比250 nm爲短波長之棒狀化合物 含有作爲延遲控制劑爲佳。 就延遲控制劑之功能之觀點,棒狀化合物以具有至少 一個芳香族環爲佳,以具有至少二個芳香族環者進而爲恰 -39- 200821642 當的。棒狀化合物以具有直線分子構造者爲佳。直線分子 構造係指,在熱力學上爲最穩定構造中棒狀化合物之分子 構造爲直線者之意。在熱力學上最穩定之構造,可以結晶 構造解析或分子軌道計算來求得。 例如,使用分子軌道計算軟體(例’ WinMOPAC2 0 00, 富士通公司製)進行分子軌道計算,來求得化合物之生成 熱成爲最小方式之分子構造。分子構造爲直線的係指,以 上述方式計算而求得之熱力學上最穩定的構造中,分子構 造之角度爲1 40度以上之意。棒狀化合物以顯示液晶性爲 佳。棒狀化合物以藉由加熱來顯示液晶性(具有熱致 (thermotropic)液晶性)者進而爲恰當。液晶相以向列型 (nematic)相或層列型(smetic)相爲佳。 棒狀化合物方面,以下述一般式(4)所示之反式-1,4-環己烷二羧酸酯化合物爲佳。 一般式(4) Arl-Ll-Ar2 一般式(4)中,Arl及A r2係各自獨立之芳香族基。本 說明書中,芳香族基,含有芳基(芳香族性烴基),取代芳 基,芳香族性雜環基及取代芳香族性雜環基。以芳基及取 代芳基者’比芳香族性雜環基及取代芳香族性雜環基.更爲 恰當。芳香族性雜環基之雜環,一般爲不飽和。芳香族性 雜環以5員環,6員環或7員環爲佳,以5 .員環或6員環 者進而爲恰當。芳香族性雜環一般具有最多之雙鍵。雜原 -40- 200821642 子方面’以氮原子’氧原子或硫原子爲佳,以氮原子或硫 原子進而爲恰當。在芳香族性雜環之例,可含有呋喃環, 噻吩環,吡咯環,噁唑環,異噁唑環,噻哩環,異噻哩 環,咪唑環,吡唑環,呋咕(fUrazan)環,三哩環,脈喃 環,吡啶環,嗒哄環,嘧啶環,吡嗪環及1,3,5-三哄環。 芳香族基之芳香族環方面,以苯環,呋喃環,_吩環,p比 咯環,噁唑環,噻唑環,咪唑環,三唑環,〇比D定環,喃陡 環及吡嗪環爲佳,以苯環特佳。 在取代芳基及取代芳香族性雜環基之取代g &amp;例J,M 可含有鹵原子(F,Cl,Br,I),羥基,羧基,氰.,胺基,·; 烷基胺基(例,甲基胺基,乙基胺基,丁基胺基,二甲基 胺基),硝基,磺基,胺甲醯基,烷基胺甲基(例,甲 基胺甲醯基,N -乙基胺甲醯基,Ν,Ν-二甲基胺甲酸基), 胺磺醯基,烷基胺磺醯基(例,N_甲基胺δ黃醯基,N_乙基 胺磺醯基,N,N-二甲基胺磺醯基),脲基,烷基脲基(例, N-甲基脲基,N,N-二甲基脲基,N,N,N’-H甲基脲基),院 基(例,甲基,乙基,丙基,丁基,戊基,庚基,辛基, 異丙基,二級丁基,三級戊基,環己基,環戊基),鏈烯 基(例,乙稀,燒丙基,己烯基),炔基(例,乙炔基,丁 炔),醯基(例,甲醯基,乙醯基,丁醯基,己醯基,月桂 基),醯基氧基(例,乙醯氧基,丁醯基氧,己醯基氧,月 桂基氧),院氧基(例,甲氧基,乙氧基,丙氧基,丁氧 基,戊基氧,庚基氧,辛基氧),芳基氧基(例,苯氧基), 烷氧基羰基(例,甲氧基羰基,乙氧基羰基,丙氧基羰 -41 - 200821642 基’丁氧基幾基’戊基氧羰基,庚基氧羰基),芳基氧羰 基(例’苯氧基幾基),烷氧基羰基胺基(例,丁氧基羰胺 基’己基氧擬胺基),·烷基硫基(例,甲基硫代,乙基硫 代’丙基硫代’丁基硫代,戊基硫代,庚基硫代,辛基硫 代)’方基硫基(例,苯基硫代),烷基磺醯基(例,甲基磺 醯基’乙基磺醯基,丙基磺醯基,丁基磺醯基,戊基磺醯 基’庚基礦醯基’辛基磺醯基),醯胺基(例,乙醯胺,丁 s g胃安s ’己基醯胺,月桂基醯胺)及非芳香族性雜環基 (例,嗎啉基,吡嗪)。 取代芳基及取代芳香族性雜環基之取代基方面,以 原子’氨’殘基’羥基,胺基,烷基取代胺基,醯基,醯 s_基’醯胺基’烷氧基羰基,烷氧基,烷基硫基及烷基 胃彳圭°丨完基胺基’烷氧基羰基,烷氧基及烷基硫基之烷基 部Μ與烷基’進而可具有取代基。在烷基部份及烷基之勒 代基之例,可含有鹵原子,羥基,羧基,氰,胺基,烷基 月安基’硝基,磺基,胺甲醯基,烷基胺甲醯基,胺磺醯 基’烷基胺磺醯基,脲基,烷基脲基,鏈烯基,炔基,醯 基’醯基氧基,烷氧基,芳基氧基,烷氧基羰基,芳基氧 羰基’烷氧基羰胺基,烷基硫基,芳基硫基,烷基磺醯 基’醯胺基及非芳香族性雜環基。烷基部份及烷基之取代 基方面,以鹵原子,羥基,胺基,烷基胺基,醯基,醯基 興基’醒基胺基,院氧基鑛基及院氧基爲佳。 一般式(4)中,L1係選自烷撐基,烷烯撐基 (alkenylene),炔撐基,二價飽和雜環基,-0-,-CO -及該 -42- 200821642 等組合所成群之二價鍵聯基。烷撐基可具有環狀構造。環 狀烷撐基方面,以環己烯爲佳,以1,4·環己燃特佳。鏈狀 烷撐基方面,以直鏈狀烷撐基者比具有分支鏈之烷撐基更 爲恰當。烷撐基之碳原子數以1〜20爲佳,以1〜1 5較 佳,以1〜10進而爲佳,以1〜8者進而爲佳,以1〜6者 最爲恰當。 烷烯撐基(alkenylene)及炔撐基,與環狀構造比較以 具有鏈狀構造者爲佳,與具有分支鏈之鏈狀構造比較以具 有直鏈狀構造者進而爲恰當。烷烯撐基及炔撐基之碳原子 數以2〜1 0爲佳,以2〜8較佳,以2〜6者進而爲佳,以:, 2〜4者進而爲佳,以2(乙烯撐或乙炔撐基)最爲恰當。二 價飽和雜環基,以具有3員〜9員之雜環爲佳。雜環之雜 原子以氧原子,氮原子,硼原子,硫原子,砂原子,磷原 子或鍺原子爲佳。在飽和雜環之例可含有哌啶環,六氫吡: 哄環,嗎啉基環,卩比咯D定環,咪卩坐院(i m i d a ζ ο 1 i d i n e ) 環,四氫呋喃環,四氫哌喃環,1,3-二噁烷環,1,4-二噁 院環,四氫噻吩環,1,3 -噻卩坐院(t h i a ζ ο 1 i d i n e )環,1,3 -惡 唑烷環,1,3-二噁戊烷(dioxolane)環,1,3-二硫雜環戊 烷環及l,3,2-dioxabororane。尤其是恰當的二價飽和雜環 基係六氫吡畊-1,4-二亞基,1,3-二噁烷-2,5-二亞基及 1,3,2 · d i ο X a b 〇 r 〇 r a n e - 2,5 -二亞基。 組合所成二價鍵聯基之例。 L-1 : ·0-(:0-烷撐基-C0-0- レ2:-C0-0-烷撐基-0-C0- -43— 200821642 L - 3 · -O-CO-院矯撑基-CO-O- L-4: -CO-O-烷烯撐基-O-CO- L-5 : -O-CO -炔撐基- CO-O- L-6: -CO-O-炔撐基-O-CO- L-7: -O-CO-二價飽和雜環基-CO-O- L-8: -CO-O-二價飽和雜環基-O-CO- 一般式(4)之分子構造中,Arl與Ar2夾持LI所形成 之角度以140度以上爲佳。棒狀化合物方面,以下述一般 式(5)所示之化合物進而爲恰當。 一般式(5) Ar 1 -L2-X-L3-Ar2 一般式(5)中,Arl及Ar2係各自獨立爲芳香族基。芳 香族基之定義及例與一般式(4)之Arl及Ar2相同。 一般式(5)中,L2及L3係各自獨立,爲選自烷撐 基,-0-,-C0-及該等組合所成群之二價鍵聯基。烷撐基 與環狀構造比較以具有鏈狀構造者爲佳,與具有分支鏈之 鏈狀構造比較以具有直鏈狀構造者進而爲恰當。烷撐基之 碳原子數以1〜1 〇爲佳,以1〜8較佳,以1〜6進而爲 佳,以1〜4進而更佳,以1或2 (亞甲基或乙燃)最爲恰 當。L 2及L 3以-0 - C 0 -或-C Ο - 0 -特佳。 一般式(5)中,X爲1,4·環己烯,乙烯撐或乙炔撐基。 本發明之相位差薄膜之製造係將纖維素酯及該可塑劑 等添加劑溶解於溶劑來調製摻雜之步驟,將摻雜在帶狀或 -44- 200821642 者鼓輪狀之金屬支持體上流鑄之步驟,將經流鑄之摻雜以 網狀物乾燥之步驟,自金屬支持體剝離之步驟,拉伸之步 驟,進而乾燥之步驟,將所得之薄膜進而熱處理之步驟, 冷卻後捲繞之步驟來進行。本發明之相位差薄膜在固形成 分中較佳爲纖維素酯含有70〜95質量%者。 以下就調製摻雜之步驟加以敘述。摻雜中纖維素酯之 濃度,以濃度高者在金屬支持體經流鑄後之乾燥負荷可減 低爲恰當,而纖維素酯之濃度過高時會增加過濾時負荷·, 使過濾精度惡化。在可使該等並存之濃度方面,以1 0〜3 5 質量%爲佳,進而較佳爲15〜25質量%。 本發明之摻雜所用之溶劑,可單獨使用亦可倂用2種 以上,將纖維素酯之良溶劑與弱溶劑混合使用者於生產效 率之點爲佳,良溶劑多者以纖維素酯溶解性之點爲恰當。 良溶劑與弱溶劑混合比率之恰當的範圍,良溶劑爲70〜98 質量%,弱溶劑爲2〜3 0質量%。良溶劑,弱溶劑係定義 爲,將使用之纖維素酯可以單獨溶解者爲良溶劑,單獨則 膨脹者或不溶解者爲弱溶劑之意。因此,因纖維素酯之醯 基取代度,會使良溶劑,弱溶劑改變,例如將丙酮作爲溶 劑使用時,在纖維素酯之乙酸酯(乙醯基取代度2.4),纖 維素乙酸酯丙酸酯成爲良溶劑,而在纖維素之乙酸酯(乙 醯基取代度2.8)成爲弱溶劑。 本發明所使用之良溶劑並無特別限定,可例舉二氯甲 烷等之有機鹵化合物或二噁戊烷(dioxolane )類,丙酮, 乙酸甲酯,乙醯乙酸甲酯等。特佳爲二氯甲烷或乙酸甲 -45- 200821642 酯。 又’本發明所使用之弱溶劑並無特別限定,以使用例 如甲醇,乙醇,正丁醇,環己烷,環己酮等爲佳。又,在 摻雜中水以含有0 · 0 1〜2質量%爲佳。 在調製上述記載之摻雜時之,纖維素酯之溶解方法方 面,可使用一般的方法。在組合加熱與加壓時於常壓中可 加熱至沸點以上。在溶劑之常壓之沸點以上且加壓下於溶 劑不致沸騰之範圍之溫度可一邊加熱一邊攪拌溶解時,因 可防止稱爲)规膠或不溶性粉塊(a n u n d i s s ο 1 v e d 1 u m p 〇 f f 1 o u r)之塊狀未溶解物發生爲恰當。又,將纖維素酯與弱 溶劑混合予以濕潤或膨脹後,進而以使用添加良溶劑予以、 溶解之方法爲佳。 加壓以P a以下較佳,以1 · 〇 Μ P a以下進而爲恰當 的。 在此,就摻雜之流鑄加以說明。 在流Iff ( iff製)步驟中金屬支持體,以使表面進行鏡面 最終加工者爲佳’金屬支持體方面,以不鏽鋼帶或者鑄物 使表面經電鍍最終加工之鼓輪爲佳。鑄製寬可爲1〜4m。 流鑄步驟之金屬支持體之表面溫度設定於_ 5 0 °C〜溶劑沸騰 而不發泡之溫度以下。 溫度高者’因網狀物之乾燥速度可快速進行故爲恰 當,過高時網狀物會發泡,或有平面性劣化之情形。恰當 的支持體溫度方面係以0〜1 00°C作適宜決定,.以5〜3 0 °c 進而爲恰當。或藉由冷卻可使網狀物凝膠化使殘留溶劑含 -46- 200821642 多量之狀態自鼓輪剝離者亦爲恰當的方法。控制金屬支持 體溫度之方法並無特別限定,可以溫風或冷風吹拂之方 法,或有使溫水與金屬支持體之內側接觸之方法。而以使 用溫水者因可使熱之傳導有效率地進行,故金屬支持體之 溫度至一定爲止之時間可減短爲恰當。在使用溫風之情形 於考慮到溶劑之蒸發潛熱所致網狀物之溫度降低,可一邊 使用溶劑之沸點以上之溫風,可一邊防止發泡而會有使用 比目的之溫度更高溫度之風之情形。尤其是,在自流鑄至 剝離爲止之期間將支持體之溫度及乾燥風之溫度變更,以 可有效率地進行乾燥爲佳。 纖維素酯薄膜爲顯示良好的平面性,則自金屬支持體: 將網狀物剝離之際之殘留溶劑量以1 0〜1 5 0質量%爲佳, 進而較佳爲20〜40質量%或60〜130質量%,特佳爲,20 : 〜30質量%或7 0〜120質量%。又,該金屬支持體上剝離、 位置中以使溫度成爲-5 0〜4 0 °C爲佳,以1 0〜4 0 °C較佳, 以成爲15〜30°C最爲恰當。 本發明中’殘留溶劑量可以下述式定義。 殘留溶劑量(質量%)={(M-N)/N}xl 00 此外’ Μ係在網狀物或薄膜之製造中或製造後之任意 時間點採取的試料質量,Ν係使Μ在1 1 5 °C之1小時加熱 後之質量。 又’纖維素酯薄膜之乾燥步驟中,將網狀物以金屬支 •47- 200821642 持體剝離,進而乾燥之,進行乾燥使殘留溶劑量成爲0 · 5 質量%以下爲止。 在薄膜乾燥步驟一般係採用以輥乾燥方式(使上下配 置之多數輥交互通過網狀物予以乾燥之方式)或以拉寬器 方式一邊搬送網狀物一邊乾燥之方式。 自該金屬支持體剝離之際,藉由剝離張力及其後搬送 張力,網狀物因朝向縱方向拉伸,故在本發明中自流鑄支 持體使網狀物剝離之際,在可將剝離及搬送張力儘可能降 低之狀態下進行爲佳。具體言之,例如成爲5 0〜1 7 0 N/m 以下者爲有效。此時,吹上20°C以下之冷風,使網狀物急. 速固定化者爲佳。 本發明之纖維素酯薄膜所成相位差薄膜製作用之拉伸 步驟(稱爲拉寬器步驟)之一例係使用第1圖,第2圖來說f 明。 在第1圖,第2圖中,A,B,C係拉伸步驟之各步 驟,箭頭S表示薄膜之進行方向。步驟A係自圖未示出之 網狀物搬送步驟DO所搬送而來之網狀物予以把持之步 驟。在其次之步驟B中,在第1圖所示拉伸角度Θ網狀物 被拉伸至寬邊方向(與網狀物之進行方向正交之方向),在 步驟C,拉伸完成,在把持網狀物之原樣下搬送。 本發明之相位差薄膜之製造方法中,薄膜製膜步驟之 一部份具備,把持薄膜端部,與搬送方向正交之方向拉伸 之手段之製造步騾中,在拉伸之際之拉伸條件,爲下述式 (2)之範圍者。 -48- 200821642 式(2) 60^ΧχΥ^450 式中,X爲拉伸速度[m/min],Υ爲拉伸倍率[%]。 根據本發明,在薄膜之拉伸步驟中,藉由拉伸速度之 控制,可提高薄膜之配向性,在一倂控制薄膜之拉伸倍率 下,可抑制纖維素酯樹脂之結晶化,或聚合物與添加劑之 微量.(micro )相分離,可獲得可保持薄膜之透明性,同 時在大畫面VA型液晶面板中可改良基板邊角不均之相位 差薄膜。 接著,在自流鑄支持體將網狀物剝離後至步驟B開始· 前,及/或步驟C之後,以設置可剪掉網狀物寬方向之端 部之縱剪切機爲佳。尤其是,在步驟A開始之前以設置可:, 剪掉網狀物端部之縱剪切機爲佳。在進行與寬邊方向爲相v 同之拉伸之際,尤其是在步驟B開始前在與切除網狀物端 部之情形與不切除網狀物端部之條件比較時,前者更可獲 得改良光學滯相軸之分布(稱爲配向角分布)之效果。 吾人認爲此係,自殘留溶劑量比較多的剝離至步驟B 之寬邊拉伸步驟爲止間之長邊方向之非爲吾人意圖之拉伸 之抑制效果。 拉伸步驟中,爲改善配向角分布即使製作爲吾人意圖 之具有不同溫度之劃分亦爲恰當的。又,在不同溫度劃分 之間爲不致產生各自劃分之干涉,則設置中性區域 (neutral zone )亦爲恰當。 -49 - 200821642 此外,拉伸操作可分割爲多階段來實施,而以在流鑄 方向,寬邊方向實施二軸拉伸者爲佳。又,即使.在進行二 軸拉伸之情形亦可同時進行二軸拉伸,亦可階段地實施。 在此情形,階段性係指,例如亦可將拉伸方向不同之拉伸 依順序進行,使同一方向之拉伸分割爲多階段,且使不同 方向之拉伸增添至其任一階段亦可。 將自金屬支持體剝離之網狀物一邊乾燥一邊搬送,進 而將網狀物之兩端以針(pin)或夾具等把持之拉寬器方式進 行寬方向拉伴者在獲得本發明之效果尤佳,藉此可賦予設 定之相位差。 此時可僅在寬方向進行拉伸,同時進行2軸拉伸者爲 恰當。恰當之拉伸倍率以1.0 5〜2倍爲佳,較佳爲1 . 1 5〜 1.5倍。同時進行2軸拉伸之際在縱方向收縮亦可,在爲· 0.8〜0.99,較佳爲0.9〜0.99之方式收縮亦可。較佳爲,· 藉由橫方向拉伸及縱方向之拉伸或者收縮使面積成爲1 .1 2 倍〜1.44倍爲佳,以成爲1.15倍〜1.32倍爲佳。此係以 縱方向之拉伸倍率X橫方向之拉伸倍率來求得。 又,本發明中「拉伸方向」係指,在進行拉伸操作之 情形之直接添加拉伸應力之方向之意義來使用之情形爲通 常,在多階段進行二軸拉伸之情形,最終亦有以拉伸倍率 大者(亦即,通常成爲滯相軸之方向)之意義來使用之情 況。 在將網狀物於寬邊方向進行拉伸之情形,在網狀物之 寬邊方向配向角分布變差者爲自明。使Rt與Ro之値成爲 -50- 200821642 一定比率’且,於使配向角分布以良好狀態進行寬邊拉 伸,故在步驟A,B,C則存在恰當的網狀物溫度之相對 關係。在步驟A,B,C終點之網狀物溫度各自爲Ta°C, Tb°C,Tc°C時,以 TaSTb-10 爲佳。又,以 TcSTb 爲佳。 TaSTb-10且Tc^Tb者進而爲恰當。 在步驟B之網狀物昇溫速度,係爲使配向角分布良好 起見,以0.5〜l〇°c/秒之範圍爲佳。 在步驟B之拉伸時間,以短時間者爲佳。但,由網狀 物均一性之觀點而言,則規定於最低限必要之拉伸時間之 範圍。具體言之以1〜1 0秒之範圍爲佳,以4〜1 0秒爲更 恰當。又,步驟B,步驟C之溫度係該薄膜之溫度在玻璃 轉移溫度-30〜-1°C之範圍者爲有效果,較佳爲100〜 160〇C ° 上述拉伸步驟中,.熱傳導係數可爲一定,亦可改變。 熱傳導係數方面,以具有41.9〜419x103 J/m2hr範圍之熱 傳導係數爲佳。進而較佳爲41.9〜209.5x 1 03 J/m2hr之範 圍,以41.9〜126x103 J/m2hr之範圍最爲恰當。 在上述步驟B之對寬邊方向之拉伸速度,可爲一定, 亦可予以變化。在拉伸速度方面,以50〜500%/min爲 佳,進而較佳爲1〇〇〜400%/min,以200〜3 00%/min最爲 恰當。 上述步驟B中最初之1 0 cm中控制應力係指以獲得本 發明之效果上爲佳,在100〜200 N/mm之範圍控制者爲 佳。 -51 - 200821642 拉伸步驟中,氛圍寬邊方向之溫度分布以少者,以提 高網狀物均一性之觀點而言爲佳,在拉伸步驟之寬邊方向 之溫度分布,以±5 °C以內爲佳,以±2 °C以內較佳,以db It 以內最爲恰當。藉由使上述溫度分布減少,而可期待在網 狀物寬邊之溫度分布易變小。 在步驟C中,於寬方向緩和者爲佳。具體言之,相對 於前步驟之拉伸後最終網狀物寬以調整網狀物寬成爲95〜 99.5%之範圍者爲佳。 又,在本發明爲使聚合物之配向精度良好的進行,則 藉由拉寬器之左右把持手段將網狀物之把持長(自把持開 始至把持完成爲止之距離)可使用於左右可獨立地控制之 拉寬器爲恰當的。 將以拉寬器拉伸裝置把持網狀物左右兩端之部份之長 控制爲左右獨立,在使網狀物之把持長於左右視爲相異之 手段方面,具體言之,則有例如第3圖所示者。 第3圖係製造本發明所使用之聚合物薄膜,較佳使用 之拉寬器拉伸裝置(l〇a)之一例係以模式圖表示者。 同圖中,將拉寬器拉伸裝置(10 a)之左右把持手段(夾 具)(2a)(2b)之把持開始位置於左右改變,亦即將夾具閉合 器(3 a) (3 b)之設置位置於左右改變,藉由使把持開始位置 於左右改變,而可使薄膜(F)之左右把持長改變,藉此在 拉寬器(l〇a)內可使樹脂薄膜(F)產生扭轉之力,可將拉寬 器(10)以外之搬送所致位置偏差予以矯正者,自剝離至拉 寬器爲止之搬送距離予以延長亦可有效地防止網狀物之蛇 -52- 200821642 行或表面凸凹不平(rough),皺折之發生。 此外,圖示之拉寬器拉伸裝置(l〇a)係以模式圖記載 者,通常在由無端鏈所成之左右一對旋轉驅動裝置(輪狀 之鏈)(la)(lb)之1列狀態所具備之多數夾具(2a)(2b)中, 把持薄膜(F)左右兩端部份而拉伸之鏈去路側直線移行份 之夾具(2a) (2b)逐漸朝薄膜(F)之寬邊方向遠離之方式,設 置有左右之鏈(la)(lb)之軌道,而進行薄膜(F)寬邊方向之 拉伸。 又,在本發明爲使皺折,表面凸凹不平,變形等進而 精度良好的矯正,以附加防止長形薄膜蛇行之裝置爲佳, 以使用日本特開平6- 8 663號記載之邊緣位置控制器(edge position controller)(稱爲EPC),或中央位置控制器(稱爲 CPC)等蛇行修正裝置爲佳。該等裝置,係使薄膜邊端使用 氣動伺服(air servo )感應器或光感應器來檢測,根據其 資訊控·制搬送方向,且爲要使薄膜之邊端或寬方向之中央 成爲一定之搬送位置,作爲其促動器(actuator),具體言之 係將1〜2支導輥(guide roll)或附驅動平面展開輥(flat expander roll)相對於線方向,左右(或上下)振動下進行蛇 行修正,或於薄膜之左右設置小型2支1組之導正輥 (pinch roll)(在薄膜之表與內設置各〗支,其在薄膜兩 側)’使用此以挾持薄膜並拉伸進行蛇行修正(導布裝置 close guider方式)。該等裝置之蛇行修正原理,係在薄膜 行進中’例如在向左進行時於前者之方式係採用使輥傾斜 成爲薄膜向右進行方式之方法,在後者之方法係使右側i -53 - 200821642 組之導正輥被切斷(nip),朝向右方拉伸者。將該等防止蛇 行裝置自薄膜剝離點至拉寬器拉伸裝置之間至少設置1台 爲佳。 於拉伸步驟進行處理後,進而設置後乾燥步驟(以 下,步驟D1)爲佳。 在步驟D1之網狀物搬送張力,於摻雜之物性,剝離 時及步驟D0之殘留溶劑量,因步驟D1之溫度等而受影 響,以 120〜20 0 N/m爲佳,以140〜200 N/m進而爲恰 當。而以140〜160 N/m最爲恰當。 在防止於步驟D 1之對搬送方向網狀物之延伸之目 的,以設置張力切割輥爲佳。 在使網狀物乾燥之手段並無特別限制,一般可以熱 風,紅外線,加熱輥,微波等來進行,而以簡便之點以熱 風進行爲佳。 網狀物之乾燥步驟中乾燥溫度較佳爲薄膜之玻璃轉移 溫度-5 °C以下,100°C以上,進行10分以上60分以下之熱 處理則爲有效。乾燥溫度爲100〜200 °C,進而較佳爲在 110〜160°C進行乾燥。進而較佳爲在105〜155°C,氛圍取 代率12次/時間以上,較佳爲12〜45次/時間之氛圍下進 行搬送同時予以熱處理者爲佳。 本發明之相位差薄膜,在獲得本發明之彈性率之關係 上,由正電子淫沒(positron annihilation)壽命法所求得自 由體積半徑以 0.250〜0.3 50 nm爲佳,尤其是 〇·250〜 0.310 nm 爲佳。 -54· 200821642 在此謂之自由體積,係在纖維素樹脂分子鏈不佔有空 隙部份之意。此可以使用正電子湮沒壽命法來測定者。具 體言之,測定使陽電子入射於試料至消滅爲止之時間’自 其湮沒壽命將原子空孔或自由體積之大小,數濃度等之資 訊以非破壞性觀察者來求得。 本發明之相位差薄膜係在溫度231:,濕度55% RH之 測定條件下測定之該薄膜拉伸方向之彈性率(E23 )爲3.4〜 4.4 GPa,且與溫度50°C,濕度55% RH之測定條件下測定 之該薄膜拉伸方向之彈性率(E5G)之差(E23_5G),可滿足下 述式(1)者。 式(1) 0.30^ΔΕ23-5〇^〇.80 但 » Ε23-5 0 = Ε23·Ε5〇 ° 在此,溫度23 °C,濕度5 5% RH之測定條件下測定之 相位差薄膜之拉伸方向彈性率(E23)若未達3.4 GPa則在因 環境變動而產生之偏光元件之收縮力,相位差薄膜變差, 因偏光薄膜本身之尺寸大幅變化故並不佳。尤其是大畫面 用大型偏光薄膜之情形,易於成爲問題。 又,在溫度23 °C,濕度55% RH之測定條件下測定之 相位差薄膜拉伸方向之彈性率(E23)超過4.4Gpa時,會有 偏光薄膜之捲曲變大之情形,在液晶面板製造步驟中因會 產生大障礙故不佳。 接著,在本發明中,於溫度23它,濕度55% RH之測 -55- 200821642 定條件下測定之薄膜拉伸方向之彈性率(E23),與溫度 5 0 °C ’濕度55% RH之測定條件下測定之該薄膜拉伸方向 之彈性率(E5G)之差(E23.5G)可滿足上述之式(1),亦即,例 如藉由面板背光點亮會有相位差薄膜之溫度達到近於5 0 °C 爲止,在其狀態之相位差薄膜單體之彈性率(E5G)與溫度 23°C之彈性率(E23)比較在低至0.3〜0.8 GPa之範圍時,可 因應偏光元件之收縮力而產生保護薄膜或相位差薄膜本身 會變形,在大畫面V A型液晶面板中具有可改良基板邊角 不均之效果爲顯著。 〔環烯烴聚合物薄膜〕 就本發明可恰當使用之環烯烴聚合物薄膜加以說明。 本發明所使用之環烯烴聚合物係由含有脂環式構造之 聚合體樹脂所成者。 恰當的環烯烴聚合物,係將環狀烯烴聚合或共聚之樹 脂。環狀烯烴方面,可例舉降秸烯(norbornene),二環戊 二烯,四環十二烯,乙基四環十二烯,亞乙基四環十二 烯,四環〔7.4.0.110,13.02,7〕十三-2,4,6,11-四烯等多環 構造之不飽和烴及其衍生物;環丁烯,環戊烯,環己烯, 3,4-二甲基環戊烯,3-甲基環己烯,2-(2-甲基丁基)-1-環 己烯,環辛烯,3a,5,6,7a-四氫-4,7-甲撐-1H-茚,環庚 烯,環戊二烯,環己二烯等單環構造之不飽和烴及其衍生 物等。該等環狀烯烴可具有作爲取代基之極性基。極性基 方面,可例舉羥基,羧基,烷氧基,環氧基,環氧丙基, -56- 200821642 羥基羰基,羰基,胺基,酯基,羧酸酸酐基等’尤其是酯 基,羧基或羧酸酸酐基爲恰當。 恰當的環烯烴聚合物,可爲將環狀烯烴以外之單體進 行加成共聚者亦可。可加成共聚之單體方面,可例舉乙 烯,丙烯,1-丁烯,卜戊烯等之乙烯或α-烯烴;1,4·己二 烯,4-甲基-1,4-己二烯,5-甲基-I,4-己二烯,1,7-辛二烯 等之二烯等。 環狀烯烴,係藉由加成聚合反應或復分解開環聚合反 應所得。聚合係在觸媒之存在下進行。作爲加成聚合用觸 媒,可例舉例如,由釩化合物與有機鋁化合物所成聚合觸 媒等。作爲開環聚合用觸媒,係由釕,鍺,鈀,餓,銥” 鉑等金屬之鹵化物,硝酸鹽或乙醯基丙酮化合物,與還原 劑所成聚合觸媒;或鈦,釩,鉻,鎢,鉬等金屬之鹵化物 或乙醯基丙酮化合物,與有機鋁化合物所成聚合觸媒等。、 聚合溫度,壓力等並無特別限定,通常以-5 (TC〜100 °C之 聚合溫度,〇〜490N/cm2之聚合壓力聚合。 本發明所使用之環烯烴聚合物,係將環狀烯烴進行聚 合或共聚後,進行氫化反應,將分子中不飽和鍵改變爲飽 和鍵爲佳。氫化反應,係在周知之氫化觸媒存在下,進行 氫之吹入。氫化觸媒方面,可例舉乙酸鈷/三乙基鋁,乙 醯基乙醯基丙酮合鎳/三異丁基鋁,二氯化二茂鈦 (titanocene) /正丁基鋰,二氯化锆撐雙五環(zirconcene chloride) /二級丁基鋰,四丁氧基鈦酸酯/二甲基鎂般之過 渡金屬化合物/烷基金屬化合物之組合所成均一系觸媒; -57- 200821642 鎳’鈀’鉑等不均一系金屬觸媒;鎳/二氧化矽,鎳/矽藻 土,鎳/氧化鋁,鈀/碳,鈀/二氧化矽,鈀/矽藻土,如鈀/ 氧化鋁之載持金屬觸媒於載體所成之不均一系固體載持觸 媒等。 或,作爲環烯烴聚合物可例舉下述之降萡烯系聚合 物。降萡烧系聚合物,係使降萡烯骨架具有作爲重覆單位 者爲佳,其具體例方面,可例舉日本特開昭6 2 _ 2 5 2 4 〇 6號 公¥| ’日本特開昭62-252407號公報,日本特開平2_ 1 3 3 4 1 3號公報,日本特開昭6 3- 1 4 5 3 2 4號公報,日本特開 昭6 3 · 2 6 4 6 2 6號公報,日本特開平} _ 2 4 〇 5〗7號公報,特公·„ 昭5 7 - 8 8 1 5號公報,日本特開平5 - 3 9 4 0 3號公報,日本特 開平5-4 3 6 63號公報,日本特開平5-4 3 83 4號公報,日本 牛寸開平5-70655號公報’日本特開平5·279554號公報,曰/ 本特開平6-206985號公報,日本特開平7_62〇28號公報, 日本特開平8- 1 764 1 1號公報,日本特開平9-24 1 484號公 報等所記載者予以恰當利用,但並非限定於該等。又,該 等’可單獨使用1種亦可並用2種以上。 本發明中’該降:fg烯系聚合物之中以具有下述構造式 (1)〜(IV)之任一者所示之重覆單位者爲佳。 -58- 200821642 [化7] ⑴An ultrahigh pressure homogenizer (trade name: Microfluidizer) manufactured by Corporation, or a Nanomizer manufactured by Nanomizer Co., Ltd., may be exemplified by a Manton Gaulin type pressure dispersion device such as 'Izumifood machinary homogenizer, UHN_01 manufactured by Sanwa Machinery Co., Ltd., and the like. Further, when the doping containing fine particles is directly contacted with the cast support, it is appropriate to obtain a film having high lubricity and low haze. Further, after being casted, it is peeled off and dried, and after being wound into a roll shape, a functional film such as a hard coat layer or an antireflection layer can be provided. In order to prevent, contaminate or electrostatically adhere to dust during self-processing or shipment, the product is usually packaged. The packaging material is not particularly limited in order to achieve the above object, and it is preferred that the solvent remaining from the film is not volatilized. Specifically, polyethylene, polyester, polypropylene, nylon, polystyrene, paper, various non-woven fabrics, and the like can be exemplified. The fiber is preferably used as a mesh cloth. The retardation film of the present invention preferably contains a retardation controlling agent to adjust the retardation. (Bar-shaped compound) The retardation film of the present invention preferably contains a rod-like compound having a wavelength shorter than 250 nm as a retardation controlling agent in such a manner that the maximum absorption wavelength (Omax) of the ultraviolet absorption spectrum of the solution is shorter. From the standpoint of the function of the retardation controlling agent, the rod-like compound is preferably one having at least one aromatic ring, and the one having at least two aromatic rings, and thus is -39-200821642. The rod-like compound is preferably one having a linear molecular structure. The linear molecular structure refers to the fact that the molecular structure of the rod-like compound in the most stable structure is thermodynamically constructed as a straight line. The thermodynamically most stable structure can be obtained by crystallographic structural analysis or molecular orbital calculation. For example, molecular orbital calculation software (Example 'WinMOPAC2000, manufactured by Fujitsu Co., Ltd.) is used for molecular orbital calculation to determine the molecular structure in which the heat of formation of the compound is the smallest. The molecular structure is a straight line finger, and the thermodynamically most stable structure obtained by the above calculation has a molecular structure angle of more than 140 degrees. The rod-like compound preferably exhibits liquid crystallinity. It is also preferable that the rod-like compound exhibits liquid crystallinity (having thermotropic liquid crystallinity) by heating. The liquid crystal phase is preferably a nematic phase or a smetic phase. In the case of a rod-like compound, a trans-1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylate compound represented by the following general formula (4) is preferred. General formula (4) Arl-Ll-Ar2 In the general formula (4), Arl and Ar2 are each independently an aromatic group. In the present specification, the aromatic group contains an aryl group (aromatic hydrocarbon group), a substituted aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group and a substituted aromatic heterocyclic group. The aryl group and the substituted aryl group are more suitable than the aromatic heterocyclic group and the substituted aromatic heterocyclic group. The heterocyclic ring of the aromatic heterocyclic group is generally unsaturated. The aromatic heterocyclic ring is preferably a 5-membered ring, a 6-membered ring or a 7-membered ring, and is preferably a 5-member ring or a 6-member ring. Aromatic heterocycles generally have the most double bonds. The impurity -40-200821642 sub-aspect is preferably a nitrogen atom or an oxygen atom, and a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom is further preferred. In the case of the aromatic heterocyclic ring, it may contain a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyrrole ring, an oxazole ring, an isoxazole ring, a thiazine ring, an isothiazolidine ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, and a furan (fUrazan). Ring, triterpene ring, nucleus ring, pyridine ring, anthracene ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrazine ring and 1,3,5-triantane ring. The aromatic ring of the aromatic group is a benzene ring, a furan ring, a _ ring, a p-ring ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring, a ruthenium ring, a methylene ring, and a pyridyl ring. The azine ring is preferred, and the benzene ring is particularly preferred. In the substitution of the substituted aryl group and the substituted aromatic heterocyclic group, g &amp; J, M may contain a halogen atom (F, Cl, Br, I), a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyanide, an amine group, an alkylamine Base (eg, methylamino, ethylamino, butylamino, dimethylamino), nitro, sulfo, aminemethanyl, alkylamine methyl (eg, methylamine formazan) Base, N-ethylamine, mercapto, hydrazine, hydrazine-dimethylaminocarboxylic acid), amidoxime, alkylamine sulfonyl (eg, N-methylamine δ xanthyl, N-ethylamine) Sulfhydryl, N,N-dimethylaminesulfonyl), ureido, alkylureido (eg, N-methylureido, N,N-dimethylureido, N, N, N' -H methylureido), affiliation (eg, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, heptyl, octyl, isopropyl, butyl, tert-amyl, cyclohexyl) , cyclopentyl), alkenyl (eg, ethylene, propyl, hexenyl), alkynyl (eg, ethynyl, butyne), mercapto (eg, methyl, ethyl, butyl) , hexyl, lauryl), mercaptooxy (eg, ethoxylated, butyloxy, hexyloxy, lauryl) Oxygen), anthracene (eg, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, heptyloxy, octyloxy), aryloxy (eg, phenoxy), Alkoxycarbonyl (eg, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl-41 - 200821642 keto-butoxy-ylpentyloxycarbonyl, heptyloxycarbonyl), aryloxycarbonyl (example) 'Phenoxy group', alkoxycarbonylamino (eg, butoxycarbonylamino 'hexyloxylanido), alkylthio (example, methylthio, ethylthio'-propyl Thiothio-butylthio, pentylthio, heptylthio, octylthio) 'arylthio (eg, phenylthio), alkylsulfonyl (eg, methylsulfonate) 'Ethyl sulfonyl, propyl sulfonyl, butyl sulfonyl, pentyl sulfonyl 'heptyl fluorenyl 'octyl sulfonyl), guanamine (eg, acetamide, butyl) Sg stomach s 'hexyl decylamine, lauryl decylamine) and non-aromatic heterocyclic groups (eg, morpholinyl, pyrazine). In terms of the substituent of the substituted aryl group and the substituted aromatic heterocyclic group, the atomic 'amino' residue 'hydroxyl group, amine group, alkyl group substituted amine group, fluorenyl group, 醯s_ group 'nonylamino' alkoxy group The carbonyl group, the alkoxy group, the alkylthio group and the alkyl group of the alkyl group, the alkoxycarbonyl group, the alkoxy group and the alkyl group of the alkylthio group and the alkyl group may further have a substituent. Examples of the alkyl moiety and the alkyl group of the alkyl group may contain a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyanogen group, an amine group, an alkyl acetamyl group, a nitro group, a sulfo group, an amine group, an alkyl group. Sulfhydryl, sulfonyl 'alkylamine sulfonyl, ureido, alkyl ureido, alkenyl, alkynyl, fluorenyl 'fluorenyloxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, alkoxy Carbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl 'alkoxycarbonylamino, alkylthio, arylthio, alkylsulfonyl 'nonylamino and non-aromatic heterocyclic. The alkyl moiety and the substituent of the alkyl group are preferably a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an amine group, an alkylamino group, a fluorenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a ketone group, an alkoxy group and an alkoxy group. . In the general formula (4), L1 is selected from the group consisting of an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, a acetylene group, a divalent saturated heterocyclic group, -0-, -CO-, and the like -42-200821642 Groups of divalent linkages. The alkylene group may have a cyclic configuration. In terms of a cyclic alkylene group, cyclohexene is preferred, and 1,4-hexene is particularly preferred. In the case of a chain alkylene group, a linear alkylene group is more suitable than a branched alkyl group. The number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 15, more preferably from 1 to 10, even more preferably from 1 to 8, and most preferably from 1 to 6. The alkenylene group and the alkyne group are preferably a chain structure as compared with the ring structure, and are more suitable for a linear structure than a chain structure having a branch chain. The alkylene group and the alkynylene group have preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably 2 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 4 carbon atoms. Ethylene or acetylene groups are most suitable. The divalent saturated heterocyclic group is preferably a heterocyclic ring having 3 to 9 members. The hetero atom of the hetero ring is preferably an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a boron atom, a sulfur atom, a sand atom, a phosphorus atom or a ruthenium atom. In the case of a saturated heterocyclic ring, a piperidine ring may be contained, a hexahydropyridyl: anthracene ring, a morpholino ring, a deuterium D ring, an imida ζ ο 1 idine ring, a tetrahydrofuran ring, and a tetrahydroperazine. Ring, 1,3-dioxane ring, 1,4-dioxin ring, tetrahydrothiophene ring, 1,3- thiazolidine (thia ζ ο 1 idine ) ring, 1,3 -oxazolidine Ring, 1,3-dioxolane ring, 1,3-dithiolane ring and l,3,2-dioxabororane. Especially suitable divalent saturated heterocyclic hexahydropyrazine-1,4-diphenyl, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diphenyl and 1,3,2 · di ο X ab 〇r 〇rane - 2,5 - di-subunit. An example of combining a divalent bond group. L-1 : ·0-(:0-alkylene-C0-0- レ2:-C0-0-alkylene-0-C0--43-200821642 L - 3 · -O-CO- Support group -CO-O- L-4: -CO-O-alkenylene-O-CO- L-5 : -O-CO -alkyne-CO-O- L-6: -CO-O -Alkynyl-O-CO- L-7: -O-CO-divalent saturated heterocyclic group-CO-O- L-8: -CO-O-divalent saturated heterocyclic group-O-CO- In the molecular structure of the formula (4), the angle formed by the bonding of the Arl and the Ar2 to the LI is preferably 140 or more. In terms of the rod-like compound, the compound represented by the following general formula (5) is further suitable. Ar 1 -L2-X-L3-Ar2 In the general formula (5), each of Arl and Ar2 is independently an aromatic group. The definition and examples of the aromatic group are the same as those of Arl and Ar2 of the general formula (4). In (5), each of L2 and L3 is independently a divalent linkage selected from the group consisting of an alkylene group, -0-, -C0-, and a combination thereof. The alkylene group is compared with the cyclic structure to have The chain structure is preferred, and it is more suitable to have a linear structure as compared with a chain structure having a branched chain. The number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group is preferably 1 to 1 Torr, and preferably 1 to 8, 1 to 6 is further preferred, preferably 1 to 4, and further preferably, 1 or 2 (methylene or ethylene) is most appropriate. L 2 and L 3 are -0 - C 0 - or -C Ο - 0 - especially. In general formula (5), X is 1,4· Cyclohexene, vinylene or ethynylene. The phase difference film of the present invention is prepared by dissolving a cellulose ester and an additive such as a plasticizer in a solvent to prepare a doping step, which is doped in a ribbon or -44- 200821642 The step of casting on a drum-shaped metal support, the step of casting the doped mesh by the process of casting, the step of peeling off from the metal support, the step of stretching, and the step of drying, the obtained The film is further subjected to a heat treatment step, followed by a step of cooling and winding. The retardation film of the present invention preferably contains 70 to 95% by mass of the cellulose ester in the solid content. The following describes the step of preparing the doping. The concentration of the cellulose ester in the heterogeneous group is preferably such that the dry load of the metal support after casting is reduced, and when the concentration of the cellulose ester is too high, the load during filtration is increased, and the filtration accuracy is deteriorated. It is preferable that the concentration of the coexistence is 10 to 35 mass%. Further, it is preferably 15 to 25% by mass. The solvent used for the doping of the present invention may be used singly or in combination of two or more. It is preferred that the cellulose solvent is mixed with a weak solvent at a production efficiency. The solvent solubility is appropriate for a good solvent. The appropriate range of the mixing ratio of the good solvent to the weak solvent is 70 to 98% by mass of the good solvent and 2 to 30% by mass of the weak solvent. A good solvent or a weak solvent is defined as a good solvent for the cellulose ester to be used alone, and a weak solvent for those who are inflated or insoluble. Therefore, due to the degree of substitution of the thiol group of the cellulose ester, the good solvent and the weak solvent are changed. For example, when acetone is used as a solvent, the acetate in the cellulose ester (the degree of substitution of acetyl group 2.4), cellulose acetate The ester propionate becomes a good solvent, and the acetate in cellulose (the degree of substitution of acetyl group 2.8) becomes a weak solvent. The good solvent to be used in the present invention is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an organic halogen compound such as methylene chloride or a dioxolane, acetone, methyl acetate, and ethyl acetate. Particularly preferred is dichloromethane or ethyl acetate -45-200821642 ester. Further, the weak solvent used in the present invention is not particularly limited, and it is preferably used, for example, methanol, ethanol, n-butanol, cyclohexane or cyclohexanone. Further, it is preferable that the water is doped in an amount of 0 · 0 1 to 2% by mass. In the case of preparing the above-described doping, a general method can be used for the method of dissolving the cellulose ester. It can be heated to above the boiling point at normal pressure during combined heating and pressurization. At a temperature above the atmospheric pressure of the solvent and under pressure, the temperature at which the solvent does not boil can be stirred and dissolved while heating, so that it can be prevented from being called a gel or insoluble powder (anundiss ο 1 ved 1 ump 〇 ff 1) The blocky undissolved matter of our) occurs as appropriate. Further, it is preferred to mix and dissolve the cellulose ester with a weak solvent, and then to dissolve it by using a good solvent. The pressurization is preferably P a or less, and more preferably 1 · 〇 Μ P a or less. Here, the doping casting is explained. In the flow of the Iff (iff) process, the metal support is used to make the surface mirror-finished. The final processor is preferred. In terms of the metal support, it is preferable to use a stainless steel strip or a cast to make the surface of the drum finally processed by electroplating. The casting width can be 1 to 4 m. The surface temperature of the metal support in the casting step is set at _50 ° C ~ solvent boiling without foaming temperature. The temperature is higher because the drying speed of the mesh can be quickly performed, so that when the mesh is too high, the mesh may be foamed or the planarity may be deteriorated. The appropriate support temperature is suitably determined from 0 to 100 ° C, and is preferably 5 to 30 ° C. Alternatively, the mesh may be gelled by cooling so that the residual solvent contains -46-200821642. It is also an appropriate method to peel off the drum. The method of controlling the temperature of the metal support is not particularly limited, and it may be a method of blowing with warm air or cold air, or a method of bringing warm water into contact with the inner side of the metal support. In the case of using warm water, since heat conduction can be efficiently performed, the time until the temperature of the metal support is constant can be shortened to be appropriate. In the case of using warm air, the temperature of the mesh may be lowered in consideration of the latent heat of evaporation of the solvent, and the warm air above the boiling point of the solvent may be used, and the temperature may be higher than the intended temperature while preventing foaming. The situation of the wind. In particular, it is preferable to change the temperature of the support and the temperature of the dry air during the period from the time of casting to the peeling, so that drying can be performed efficiently. When the cellulose ester film exhibits good planarity, the amount of residual solvent in the case of peeling off the mesh is preferably from 10 to 150% by mass, more preferably from 20 to 40% by mass or 60 to 130% by mass, particularly preferably 20: -30% by mass or 7 0 to 120% by mass. Further, the metal support is peeled off, and the temperature is preferably -50 to 40 ° C in the position, preferably 10 to 40 ° C, and 15 to 30 ° C is most appropriate. In the present invention, the amount of residual solvent can be defined by the following formula. The amount of residual solvent (% by mass) = {(MN) / N}xl 00 In addition, the mass of the sample taken at any point in the manufacture of the mesh or film or after the manufacture, the tanning system is at 1 1 5 The mass after heating for 1 hour at °C. Further, in the drying step of the cellulose ester film, the web is peeled off from the metal support 47-200821642, dried, and dried to have a residual solvent amount of 0.5% by mass or less. The film drying step is generally carried out by means of roll drying (a method in which a plurality of rolls arranged up and down are alternately dried by means of a mesh) or by means of a stretcher while conveying the web. When the metal support is peeled off, the mesh is stretched in the longitudinal direction by the peeling tension and the subsequent transport tension. Therefore, in the present invention, when the mesh is peeled off from the cast support, the peeling can be performed. It is preferable to carry out the state in which the conveying tension is as low as possible. Specifically, for example, it is effective to be 50 to 1 70 N/m or less. At this time, it is preferable to blow a cold air of 20 ° C or less to make the mesh fast and fast. An example of the stretching step (referred to as a stretcher step) for forming a retardation film of the cellulose ester film of the present invention is as shown in Fig. 1 and Fig. 2 is a f. In Fig. 1 and Fig. 2, the steps of the A, B, and C stretching steps, and the arrow S indicate the direction in which the film is to proceed. The step A is a step of holding the mesh conveyed from the mesh transporting step DO not shown. In the next step B, in the drawing angle shown in Fig. 1, the web is stretched to the broad side direction (the direction orthogonal to the direction in which the web is made), and in step C, the stretching is completed. Carry the mesh as it is. In the method for producing a retardation film of the present invention, one of the steps of the film forming step is provided in the step of stretching the film at the end of the film and stretching in the direction orthogonal to the conveying direction. The stretching condition is in the range of the following formula (2). -48- 200821642 Formula (2) 60^ΧχΥ^450 In the formula, X is the stretching speed [m/min], and Υ is the stretching ratio [%]. According to the present invention, in the stretching step of the film, the alignment of the film can be improved by controlling the stretching speed, and the crystallization of the cellulose ester resin can be suppressed or polymerized under the stretching ratio of the control film. The micro-phase separation of the substance and the additive can obtain a phase difference film which can maintain the transparency of the film and can improve the unevenness of the substrate corners in the large-screen VA type liquid crystal panel. Next, it is preferred to provide a slitting machine which can cut off the end portion in the width direction of the web after the web is peeled off from the casting support until the start of step B, and/or after step C. In particular, it is preferred to set the slitting machine at the end of the web to be cut before the start of step A. When the stretching is performed in the same direction as the broad side direction, especially before the start of step B, the former is more available when compared with the condition of cutting the end of the mesh and the condition of not cutting the end of the mesh. Improve the effect of the distribution of the optical slow axis (called the alignment angle distribution). In the past, the long-side direction from the peeling of the residual solvent amount to the wide-side stretching step of the step B is not the suppression effect of the stretching intended by us. In the stretching step, it is also appropriate to improve the alignment angle distribution even if it is made to have a different temperature division. Moreover, it is also appropriate to set a neutral zone so that there is no interference between the different divisions between different temperature divisions. -49 - 200821642 Further, the stretching operation can be carried out in multiple stages, and it is preferable to carry out the biaxial stretching in the direction of the casting and the wide side. Further, even in the case of biaxial stretching, biaxial stretching can be simultaneously performed, and it can be carried out in stages. In this case, the staged means that, for example, the stretching in different stretching directions may be sequentially performed, the stretching in the same direction may be divided into multiple stages, and the stretching in different directions may be added to any stage thereof. . The mesh which is peeled off from the metal support is conveyed while being dried, and the both ends of the mesh are stretched in a wide direction by a pin or a jig, and the effect of the present invention is obtained. Preferably, the phase difference can be given to the setting. In this case, it is possible to perform stretching only in the width direction and to perform 2-axis stretching at the same time. The appropriate stretching ratio is preferably 1.0 5 to 2 times, preferably 1. 5 to 1.5 times. When the 2-axis stretching is performed at the same time, the shrinkage in the longitudinal direction may be performed, and the shrinkage may be in the range of 0.8 to 0.99, preferably 0.9 to 0.99. Preferably, the area is from 1.12 times to 1.44 times, preferably from 1.15 times to 1.32 times, by stretching in the transverse direction and stretching or shrinking in the longitudinal direction. This is obtained by the draw ratio in the longitudinal direction of the draw ratio X in the transverse direction. Further, in the present invention, the "stretching direction" means that the direction in which the tensile stress is directly added in the case of performing the stretching operation is generally used, and the biaxial stretching is performed in multiple stages, and finally It is used in the sense that the stretching ratio is large (that is, the direction usually becomes the direction of the slow axis). In the case where the web is stretched in the widthwise direction, the distribution of the alignment angle in the width direction of the web is self-evident. When Rt and Ro are made to be -50-200821642, a certain ratio is made, and since the alignment angle distribution is wide-angled in a good state, the relative mesh temperature is present in steps A, B, and C. When the network temperatures at the end points of steps A, B, and C are each Ta ° C, Tb ° C, and Tc ° C, TaSTb-10 is preferred. Also, TcSTb is preferred. TaSTb-10 and Tc^Tb are further appropriate. The rate of temperature rise of the web in step B is preferably in the range of 0.5 to l 〇 ° c / sec in order to make the alignment angle distribution good. The stretching time in step B is preferably in a short time. However, from the viewpoint of the uniformity of the mesh, it is specified in the range of the minimum necessary stretching time. Specifically, the range of 1 to 10 seconds is preferable, and 4 to 10 seconds is more appropriate. Further, the temperature of the step B and the step C is such that the temperature of the film is in the range of the glass transition temperature of -30 to -1 ° C, preferably 100 to 160 ° C °. In the above stretching step, the heat transfer coefficient It can be fixed or changed. In terms of heat transfer coefficient, it is preferred to have a heat transfer coefficient in the range of 41.9 to 419 x 103 J/m2hr. Further preferably, it is in the range of 41.9 to 209.5 x 1 03 J/m 2 hr, and is most suitably in the range of 41.9 to 126 x 103 J/m 2 hr. The stretching speed in the width direction of the above step B may be constant or may be changed. The stretching speed is preferably 50 to 500%/min, more preferably 1 to 400%/min, and most preferably 200 to 30,000%/min. The control stress in the first 10 cm in the above step B is preferably to obtain the effect of the present invention, and it is preferable to control it in the range of 100 to 200 N/mm. -51 - 200821642 In the stretching step, the temperature distribution in the width direction of the atmosphere is small, and it is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the uniformity of the network, and the temperature distribution in the width direction of the stretching step is ±5 °. C is preferably inside, preferably within ±2 °C, and most preferably within db It. By reducing the above temperature distribution, it is expected that the temperature distribution on the wide side of the mesh tends to be small. In step C, it is preferred to moderate in the width direction. Specifically, it is preferred that the final web width after stretching in the previous step is adjusted to have a mesh width of 95 to 99.5%. Further, in the present invention, in order to improve the alignment accuracy of the polymer, the left and right holding means of the stretcher can be used to control the length of the web (the distance from the start of gripping to the completion of gripping). The ground controlled stretcher is appropriate. The length of the left and right ends of the mesh holding device by the stretcher stretching device is controlled to be left and right independent, and the means for making the mesh holding longer than the left and right are regarded as different means, specifically, for example, 3 shown in the figure. Fig. 3 is a view showing a polymer film used in the present invention, and a preferred example of a stretcher stretching device (l〇a) is shown in a schematic view. In the same figure, the holding position of the left and right holding means (clamp) (2a) (2b) of the stretcher stretching device (10 a) is changed to the left and right, that is, the clamp closer (3 a) (3 b) The setting position is changed to the left and right, and the left and right holding lengths of the film (F) can be changed by changing the holding start position to the left and right, whereby the resin film (F) can be twisted in the stretcher (10a) The force can be corrected by the positional deviation caused by the transfer other than the stretcher (10), and the transport distance from the peeling to the stretcher can be extended to effectively prevent the mesh snake-52-200821642 or The surface is rough and wrinkles occur. Further, the illustrated stretcher stretching device (10a) is described in a schematic diagram, usually in the form of a pair of left and right rotary drives (wheels) (la) (lb) In most of the jigs (2a) and (2b) of the one-row state, the clamps (2a) (2b) of the linearly-moving side of the chain-drawn side of the film (F) are stretched toward the film (F). The side of the chain (la) (lb) is provided in such a manner that the wide side direction is away, and the film (F) is stretched in the broad side direction. Further, in the present invention, it is preferable to use a device for preventing wrinkles, unevenness of the surface, deformation, and the like, and further improving the accuracy of the film, and it is preferable to use an edge position controller described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 6-8663. It is preferable to use an edge position controller (referred to as EPC) or a meandering correction device such as a central position controller (referred to as CPC). These devices use a pneumatic servo (air servo) sensor or a light sensor to detect the edge of the film, and control the transport direction according to the information, so that the center of the film or the center of the width direction is constant. The transfer position, as its actuator, specifically, 1 to 2 guide rolls or a flat expander roll with respect to the line direction, left and right (or up and down) Perform serpentine correction, or set a small two-piece 1 set of pinch rolls on the left and right sides of the film (set each on the surface of the film, on both sides of the film) 'Use this to hold the film and stretch Perform a meandering correction (guide guide device close guider mode). The serpentine correction principle of these devices is the method of making the roll tilt to the right of the film in the way of the film, for example, when the film is moved to the left, and the method of the latter is to make the right side i-53 - 200821642 The guide roller of the group is cut (nip) and stretched toward the right. It is preferable to provide at least one of the anti-snaking devices from the film peeling point to the stretcher stretching device. After the treatment in the stretching step, it is preferred to set the post-drying step (below, step D1). The tension of the mesh conveyed in step D1, the physical properties of the doping, the amount of residual solvent in the peeling and the step D0, are affected by the temperature of the step D1, etc., preferably 120 to 20 0 N/m, and 140~ 200 N/m is then appropriate. The most suitable is 140~160 N/m. It is preferable to provide a tension cutting roller for the purpose of preventing the extension of the mesh in the transport direction in the step D1. The means for drying the web is not particularly limited, and it can be generally carried out by hot air, infrared rays, heating rolls, microwaves, etc., and it is preferable to carry out hot air at a simple point. The drying temperature in the drying step of the mesh is preferably a glass transition temperature of the film of -5 ° C or less, and 100 ° C or more, and heat treatment for 10 minutes or more and 60 minutes or less is effective. The drying temperature is from 100 to 200 ° C, and further preferably from 110 to 160 ° C. Further, it is preferably at 105 to 155 ° C, and it is preferred to carry out the heat treatment at the same time as the atmosphere replacement rate of 12 times/time or more, preferably 12 to 45 times/time. In the retardation film of the present invention, in the relationship of the elastic modulus of the present invention, the free volume radius is preferably determined by the positron annihilation life method to be 0.250 to 0.350 nm, especially 〇·250~ 0.310 nm is preferred. -54· 200821642 The free volume here is intended to mean that the molecular chain of the cellulose resin does not occupy a void. This can be measured using the positron annihilation lifetime method. Specifically, the time when the positron is incident on the sample until it is destroyed is determined by a non-destructive observer from the annihilation lifetime of the atomic pore or the volume of the free volume, the number of concentrations, and the like. The retardation film of the present invention has an elastic modulus (E23) in a tensile direction of the film measured under the conditions of a temperature of 231: and a humidity of 55% RH of 3.4 to 4.4 GPa, and a temperature of 50 ° C and a humidity of 55% RH. The difference (E23_5G) between the elastic modulus (E5G) of the film in the tensile direction measured under the measurement conditions can satisfy the following formula (1). Formula (1) 0.30^ΔΕ23-5〇^〇.80 But » Ε23-5 0 = Ε23·Ε5〇° Here, the temperature difference film is measured under the measurement conditions of 23 ° C, humidity 5 5% RH When the stretch direction elastic modulus (E23) is less than 3.4 GPa, the contraction force of the polarizing element due to environmental changes is deteriorated, and the retardation film is deteriorated, which is not preferable because the size of the polarizing film itself largely changes. Especially in the case of large screens with large polarizing films, it is easy to be a problem. In addition, when the elastic modulus (E23) in the stretching direction of the retardation film measured under the measurement conditions of the temperature of 23 ° C and the humidity of 55% RH exceeds 4.4 GPa, the curl of the polarizing film becomes large, and the liquid crystal panel is manufactured. In the steps, it is not good because of the big obstacles. Next, in the present invention, the elastic modulus (E23) of the film stretching direction measured under the conditions of temperature 23, humidity 55% RH -55-200821642, and temperature 50 ° C 'humidity 55% RH The difference (E23.5G) of the elastic modulus (E5G) in the tensile direction of the film measured under the measurement condition can satisfy the above formula (1), that is, the temperature of the retardation film can be reached, for example, by lighting the panel backlight. Nearly 50 °C, the elastic modulus (E5G) of the phase difference film monomer in its state can be compared with the elastic modulus (E23) of the temperature of 23 °C in the range of as low as 0.3 to 0.8 GPa. The shrinkage force causes the protective film or the retardation film itself to be deformed, and the effect of improving the unevenness of the substrate corners in the large-screen VA liquid crystal panel is remarkable. [Cycloolefin polymer film] A cycloolefin polymer film which can be suitably used in the present invention will be described. The cycloolefin polymer used in the present invention is composed of a polymer resin having an alicyclic structure. A suitable cycloolefin polymer is a resin which polymerizes or copolymerizes a cyclic olefin. The cyclic olefin may, for example, be norbornene, dicyclopentadiene, tetracyclododecene, ethyltetracyclododecene, ethylene tetracyclododecene or tetracyclic [7.4.0.110]. , 13.02,7] 13-2,4,6,11-tetraene and other polycyclic structures of unsaturated hydrocarbons and their derivatives; cyclobutene, cyclopentene, cyclohexene, 3,4-dimethyl Cyclopentene, 3-methylcyclohexene, 2-(2-methylbutyl)-1-cyclohexene, cyclooctene, 3a, 5,6,7a-tetrahydro-4,7-methylene -1H-oxime, cycloheptene, cyclopentadiene, cyclohexadiene, etc., monocyclic structure of unsaturated hydrocarbons and derivatives thereof. The cyclic olefins may have a polar group as a substituent. The polar group may, for example, be a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxy group, an epoxy group, a glycidyl group, a -56-200821642 hydroxycarbonyl group, a carbonyl group, an amine group, an ester group, a carboxylic acid anhydride group or the like, especially an ester group. A carboxyl group or a carboxylic acid anhydride group is appropriate. The appropriate cycloolefin polymer may be an addition copolymerization of a monomer other than the cyclic olefin. As the monomer which can be copolymerized, ethylene or an α-olefin such as ethylene, propylene, 1-butene or pentene can be exemplified; 1,4·hexadiene, 4-methyl-1,4-hexyl a diene such as a diene, 5-methyl-I,4-hexadiene or 1,7-octadiene. The cyclic olefin is obtained by an addition polymerization reaction or a metathesis ring-opening polymerization reaction. The polymerization is carried out in the presence of a catalyst. The catalyst for addition polymerization may, for example, be a polymerization catalyst such as a vanadium compound and an organoaluminum compound. As a catalyst for ring-opening polymerization, it is a catalyst of a metal such as ruthenium, rhodium, palladium, or ruthenium, or a metal halide such as platinum or a ruthenium acetonate compound, and a reducing agent; or titanium or vanadium. a metal halide such as chromium, tungsten or molybdenum or an ethyl acetonide compound, a polymerization catalyst formed with an organoaluminum compound, etc. The polymerization temperature, pressure, and the like are not particularly limited, and are usually -5 (TC to 100 ° C). Polymerization temperature, polymerization pressure polymerization of 〇~490N/cm2. The cycloolefin polymer used in the present invention is a polymerization reaction or copolymerization of a cyclic olefin, followed by hydrogenation reaction, and it is preferred to change the unsaturated bond in the molecule to a saturated bond. The hydrogenation reaction is carried out by blowing hydrogen in the presence of a known hydrogenation catalyst. The hydrogenation catalyst may, for example, be cobalt acetate/triethylaluminum, acetonitrile, acetonylacetone/triisobutylene. Aluminum, titanocene/n-butyllithium, zirconcene chloride/secondary butyllithium, tetrabutoxytitanate/dimethylmagnesium a combination of a transition metal compound/alkyl metal compound to form a homogeneous catalyst; -57- 200821642 Nickel 'palladium' platinum and other heterogeneous metal catalysts; nickel / cerium oxide, nickel / diatomaceous earth, nickel / alumina, palladium / carbon, palladium / cerium oxide, palladium / diatomaceous earth, For example, the palladium/alumina supporting metal catalyst may be a heterogeneous solid supported catalyst or the like. Alternatively, the cycloolefin polymer may be exemplified by the following norbornene-based polymer. The polymer is preferably one having a norbornene skeleton as a repeating unit, and a specific example thereof can be exemplified by JP-A-61-2 _ 2 5 2 4 〇6. Japanese Patent Publication No. 252407, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei 6-3- 1 4 5 3 2 4, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6 3 · 2 6 4 6 2 6 Special Kaiping} _ 2 4 〇5〗 No. 7 Bulletin, Special Public · „ 5 7 7 7 7 7 7 5 5 5 5 5 日本 日本 日本 日本 日本 日本 日本 日本 日本 日本 日本 日本 日本 日本 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Bulletin No. 28, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei 9-24 1 484, etc., which is described in the above-mentioned Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei 9-24 No. 484, etc., is not limited thereto. In the present invention, it is preferable that the reduction unit is a repeat unit represented by any one of the following structural formulas (1) to (IV). -58- 200821642 [ 7] (1)

C及D係各自獨立,C and D are independent of each other.

該構造式(1)〜(IV)中,A,BIn the structural formulas (1) to (IV), A, B

表示氫原子或1價有機基。 又,該降萡烯系聚合物之中以下述構造式(¥)或(乂〇所 示化合物之至少1種,與將可與此共聚之不飽和環狀化合 物進行復分解聚合所得聚合體予以氫化所得氫化聚合物亦 爲恰當的。 [化8]Represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. Further, among the norbornene-based polymers, at least one of the following compounds of the following structural formula (¥) or (乂〇) is used, and a polymer obtained by metathesis-polymerizing an unsaturated cyclic compound copolymerizable therewith is subjected to a metathesis polymerization. The hydrogenated polymer obtained by hydrogenation is also suitable.

B C D -59 - (V) 200821642B C D -59 - (V) 200821642

(VI) 該構造式中,A,B,C及D係各自獨立,表示氫原子 或1價有機基。 在此,上述A ’ B,C及D並無特別限定,較佳爲氫 原子,鹵原子,一價有機基,或透過至少2價鍵聯基可連 接有機基,該等可爲相同或相異。又,A或B與C或D可 形成單環或多環構造。在此,上述至少2價鍵聯基係指, 可含有氧原子,硫原子,氮原子所代表之雜原子,可例舉 例如醚,酯,羰基,胺甲酸乙酯’醯胺’硫代醚等,而並 非限定於該等。又,透過上述鍵聯基’上述有機基可進而 被取代。 又,在與降萡烯系單體可共聚之其他單體方面,可使 用例如乙烯,丙烯,卜丁烯,卜戊烯,1 ·己烯,1 -辛烯, 1-癸烯,;l -十二烯,1-十四烯,1-十六烯’ 1-十八烯,1-二十碳烯等碳數2〜20之α-烯烴’及該等衍生物;環丁 烯,環戊烯,環己烯,環辛烯,3a,5,6,7a-四氫-4,7·甲撐-1H-茚等之環烯烴,及該等衍生物;〗,4-己二嫌,4-甲基-1,4-己二烯,5-甲基-I,4·己二烯’〗,7-辛二烯等非共軛二 烯;等。該等中以α-烯烴,尤其是乙烯爲佳。 該等之,與降萡烯系單體可共聚之其他單體,可各自 單獨,或組合2種以上使用。降秸燒系單體與該等可共聚 之其他單體在進行加成共聚之情形’在加成共聚物中與來 -60- 200821642 自降萡烯系單體之構造單位可共聚之來自其他單體之構造 單位之比率,以質量比通常爲3 0 : 7 0〜9 9 : 1,較佳爲 50: 5 0〜97: 3,更佳爲7Q: 30〜95: 5之範圍而可適宜 ^bb 擇。 將殘留於經合成之聚合物分子鏈中之不飽和鍵藉由氫 化反應所飽和之情形,就由耐光劣化或耐候劣化性等觀點 而言,係使氫化率爲90%以上,較佳爲95 %以上,特佳爲 99%以上。 除此之外,在本發明所使用之環烯烴聚合物方面,可 例舉日本特開平5-2108號公報段落[〇〇14]〜[0019]記載之。 熱塑性飽和降萡烯系樹脂,日本特開2 0 0 1 - 2 7 7 4 3 0號公報&gt; 段落[0015]〜[003 1 ]記載之熱塑性降萡烯系聚合物,日本 特開2003-14901號公報段落[0008]〜[00 45]記載之熱塑性, 降萡烯系樹脂,日本特開20〇3-139950號公報段落[0014P 〜[0 0 2 8 ]記載之降;jfg烯系樹脂組成物,曰本特開2 0 0 3 _ 10 1 832號公報段落[〇〇29]〜[0〇37]記載之降萡烯系樹脂, 日本特開2003 - 1 95268號公報段落[0027]〜[0036]記載之 降萡烯系樹脂,日本特開2〇〇3-21〗5 89號公報段落[〇〇〇9] 〜[0 0 2 3 ]含脂環式構造聚合體樹脂,日本特開2003-2115 88號公報段落[0008]〜[0 0 24]記載之降萡烯系聚合體 樹脂或者乙烯脂環式烴聚合體樹脂等。 具體言之,以使用日本Ze on公司製ZE ONEX®, ZEONOR®,JSR公司製Arton,三井化學公司製appel (APL8008T, APL6509T, APL6013T, APL5014DP, -61 - 200821642 APL6015T)等爲佳。 本發明所使用之環烯烴聚合物之分子量,可因應使用 目的可適宜選擇,但環己烷溶液(聚合體樹脂在不溶解之 情形爲甲苯溶液)之凝膠滲透層析法所測定之聚異戊二烯 或換算聚苯乙烯之質量平均分子量,通常,爲5000〜 500000,較佳爲 8000 〜200000,更佳爲 1 0000 〜1 00000 之 範圍時,成形體之機械強度,及成形加工性等爲高度地均 衡爲恰當。 環烯烴聚合物薄膜,可因應需要,可含有在塑膠薄膜 爲一般可配合之添加劑。此種添加劑方面,可例舉熱穩定 劑,耐光穩定劑,紫外線吸收劑,防靜電劑,滑劑,可塑 劑,及塡充劑等,其含量在不損及本發明目的之範圍可予 選擇者。 環烯烴聚合物薄膜之成形方法並無特別限定,可使層 加熱熔融成形法,溶液流鑄法之任一種。加熱熔融成形 法,進而詳言之,可分類爲擠壓成形法,壓製成形法,充 氣(inflation)成形法,射出成形法,吹塑(blow)成形法, 拉伸成形法等,而該等方法中,爲獲得機械強度,表面精 度等優異之薄膜,則以擠壓成形法,充氣成形法,及壓製 成形法爲佳,以擠壓成形法最爲恰當。成形條件依照使用 目的或成形方法而可適宜選擇,在加熱熔融成形法所致情 形,圓筒(cylinder)溫度通常爲150〜400°C,較佳爲200〜 3 50°C,更佳爲可在23 0〜3 3 0°C之範圍適宜設定。樹脂溫 度過度地低時流動性惡化,對薄膜產生起泡(inverted -62- 200821642 blister)或應變,樹脂溫度過高時會發生樹脂之熱分解所致 空隙(void)或銀條(silver streak),會有薄膜變黃等之成形 不良產生之虞。薄膜之厚度通常爲5〜3〇〇 μιη,較佳爲10 〜200 μπι,更佳爲20〜100 μπι之範圍。厚度過薄之情 形,層合時處理變得困難,而過厚之情形,層合後乾燥時 間變長會使生產性降低。 環烯烴聚合物薄膜,其表面之濕潤張力,較佳爲40 mN/m以上’更佳爲50 mN/m以上,進而較佳爲55 mN/m 以上。表面之濕潤張力在上述範圍時,薄膜與偏光膜之黏 接強度可提高。而爲調整表面之濕潤張力,可實施例如鼇. 暈放電處理,臭氧噴塗(spraying),紫外線照射,火焰處 理,化學藥品處理,其他周知之表面處理。 拉伸前之薄片以厚度50〜500 μιη左右之厚度爲赵 要,厚度不均以越小者爲佳,全面爲±8%以內,較佳爲 土 6 %以內,更佳爲士 4 %以內。 在使上述環烯烴聚合物薄膜成爲本發明之相位差薄 膜,可與前述之纖維素酯薄膜相同製造法而得。又,藉由 使薄片在至少一軸方向進行拉伸者而得。此外,在實質上 之一軸拉伸,例如,於不影響分子配向之範圍進行拉伸 後,可爲欲使分子配向之一軸方向進行拉伸之二軸拉伸。 在拉伸以使用該拉寬器裝置等爲佳。 拉伸倍率可爲1 . 1〜1 〇倍,較佳爲1 · 3〜8倍,在此範 圍若可成爲所望之延遲則爲佳。拉伸倍率過低時延遲之絕 對値並無法提高無法成爲設定之値,過高時會有裂斷之情 -63- 200821642 形。 拉伸,通常係在構成薄片之樹脂之玻璃轉移溫度(Tg) 〜Tg + 50°C,較佳爲Tg〜Tg + 40°c之溫度範圍進行。拉伸溫 度··過低時則裂斷,過高時因分子不進行配向,故無法獲得 所望之相位差薄膜。 如此一來所得之薄膜,藉由拉伸使分子被配向,而可 具有所望大小之延遲値。本發明中於5 8 9 nm中面內相位 差値Ro爲30〜10 0 nm,以40〜70 nm更爲恰當。又,厚 度方向之相位差値Rt爲7 0〜3 0 0 nm,以1 0 0〜2 5 0 nm更 爲恰當。 延遲可由拉伸前薄片之延遲與拉伸倍率,拉伸溫度, 拉伸配向薄膜之厚度來控制。拉伸前薄片爲一定厚度之情 形,拉伸倍率越大之薄膜則延遲之絕對値有變大之傾向, 故藉由拉伸倍率之變更者可獲得所望延遲之拉伸配向薄 膜。 延遲之測定偏差以越小者爲佳,本發明之環烯烴聚合 物薄膜,波長5 89 nm延遲之偏差通常爲±50 nm以內,較 佳爲土 3 0 n m以下,更佳爲小至土 2 0 n m以下之物。 在延遲之面內之偏差或厚度不均,除了使用該等小的 拉伸前之薄片之外,在拉伸時藉由要對薄片施加均等的應 力,而可使之變小。因此,在均一溫度分布下,較佳爲 土 5艺以內,進而較佳爲以內,特佳爲:t〇.5t:以內可控 制溫度之環境下拉伸爲所期望。 -64- 200821642 〔聚碳酸酯系薄膜〕 在用來製作聚碳酸酯系薄膜之聚碳酸酯系樹脂方 各種方式,就化學性質及物性之點而言以芳香族聚碳 爲佳,尤其是雙酚A系聚碳酸酯爲佳。其中進而較佳 例舉於雙酚A導入苯環,環己烷環,或脂肪族烴基等 酚A衍生物來做使用者,尤其是使用相對於中央碳可 爲非對稱之該等基之衍生物所得之,使單位分子內異 性減少之構造之聚碳酸酯爲佳。例如將雙酚A之中央 2個甲基取代爲苯環者,使雙酚A之各自苯環之一的 甲基或苯基等相對於中央碳爲非對稱取代之物所得聚 酯爲佳。 具體言之,自4,4’-二羥基二苯基鏈烷或該等鹵 物藉由光氣法或酯交換法所得之物,可例舉例如4J 羥基二苯基甲烷,4,4’-二羥基二苯基乙烷,4,4’-二羥 苯基丁烷等。 使用於本發明之聚碳酸酯樹脂所成相位差薄膜, 聚苯乙烯系樹脂或甲基甲基丙烯酸酯系樹脂或纖維素 酯系樹脂等之透明樹脂混合作使用,又在纖維素乙酸 薄膜之至少一面使聚碳酸酯樹脂層合亦可。 本發明中可使用之聚碳酸酯系薄膜之製作方法並 別限定。亦即可使用擠壓法所致薄膜,溶劑鑄製法所 膜,壓延(c a 1 e n d e r)法.所致薄膜等之任一種。本發明 使用1軸拉伸或2軸拉伸之任一種,藉由與纖維素酯 之恰當的製造法同樣的製造法,本發明之溫度23 °C, 有 酸酯 爲可 之雙 導入 方向 碳之 氫以 碳酸 取代 S 一 一. 係與 乙酸 酯系 無特 致薄 中可 薄膜 濕度 -65- 200821642 55% RH之測定條件下測定之薄膜拉伸方向之彈性率 (E23),與溫度5CTC,濕度55% RH之測定條件下測定之該 薄膜拉伸方向之彈性率(E5Q)之差(E23-5G)可滿足該式(1)之 關係,且可獲得滿足面內及厚度方向之相位差値範圍之聚 碳酸酯系薄膜。 本發明中可使用之聚碳酸酯系薄膜係可使用玻璃轉移 溫度(Tg)爲110°C以上,吸水率(23°C水中,24小時之條件 所測定之値)爲0.3 %以下之之物。更佳爲使用Tg爲120 °C 以上,吸水率爲0.2%以下之物。 在此,爲使爲本發明之目的之液晶顯示裝置之正面對: 比提高上,則在構成偏光膜與液晶晶胞之間所配置之薄膜 之聚合物之變形予以儘可能減少者爲重要。如前述,在拉 伸薄膜中,係使構成薄膜之聚合物迅速配向,將發生漏光 之原因予以儘可能除去爲必要,而以同樣理由於正面對庶, 之觀點而言,薄膜之膜厚亦爲重要,本發明之相位差薄膜 則以膜厚100 μιη以下者爲佳。薄膜之膜厚越厚時,使前 述漏光發生之要素並非僅是膜厚部份之增加,尤其是薄膜 之膜厚超過1〇〇 μηι時,藉由膜厚之增加可見到易於漏光 之傾向。恰當的薄膜之膜厚爲80 μπι以下,進而恰當的薄 膜之膜厚爲3 5〜60 μιη。本發明所致相位差薄膜之膜厚若 爲35〜60 μπι之範圍之物,在近年之薄型顯示器,尤其是 大型尺寸之TV等薄型顯示器之用途之相位差薄膜薄膜化 之期望可充分地對應。 -66- 200821642 (偏光板) 偏光板可以一般方法製作。本發明之相位差薄膜之內 面側進行鹼皂化處理,在碘溶液中進行浸漬拉伸在製作之 偏光膜之至少一面,使用完全皂化型聚乙烯醇水溶液予以 貼合爲佳。在另一面即使使用該薄膜,亦可使用其他偏光 板保護薄膜。市售之纖維素酯薄膜(例如,Konika Minolta Tac KC8UX, KC4UX, KC5UX, KC8UCR3, KC8UCR4, • KC8UY, KC4UY, KC12UR, KC8UCR-3, KC8UCR-4, - KC8UCR-5,KC8UY-HA,KC8UX-RHA,KC8UX-RHA-N,以 上 Konica Minoltaopt 公司製,Fuji Tac TD 8 OUF ? T 8 0 U Ά, T40UZ,防反射薄膜(富士薄膜CV clear view UA),富士 照片薄膜公司製)等爲佳。相對於本發明之相位差薄膜, 另一面所使用之偏光板保護薄膜之面內延遲Ro爲0〜20 nm,Rt爲-5 0〜50 nm之光學上等向性之偏光板保護薄膜 爲佳。又在該偏光板保護薄膜以具有8〜20 μπι厚度之硬 # 塗覆層或者防眩層者爲佳,例如,以使用日本特開2 003 - 礞· 1 1 43 33號公報,日本特開 2004-203009號公報,2004-~ 354699號公報,2004-3 54828號公報等記載之具有硬塗覆 層或者防眩層之偏光板保護薄膜爲佳。進而,在該硬塗覆 層或者防眩層以層合防反射層,防污層等爲佳。 或,進而以使用使盤狀液晶,棒狀液晶,膽固醇液晶 等液晶化合物配向而形成之具有光學異方向性層之兼具光 學補償薄膜的偏光板保護薄膜爲恰當。例如,以日本特開 2003 -9 8 348記載之方法可形成光學異方向性層。藉由與本 -67- 200821642 發明偏光板之組合使用,可獲得具有平面性優異,穩定之 視野角擴大效果之液晶顯示裝置。 爲偏光板之主要構成要素之偏光膜係指,僅通過一定 方向之偏波面之光之元件,現在所知之代表性偏光膜爲聚 乙烯醇系偏光薄膜,此係有在聚乙烯醇系薄膜使碘染色者 與使二色性染料染色者。偏光膜係使聚乙烯醇水溶液製 膜,使其一軸拉伸而予染色,或染色後進行一軸拉伸之 Φ 後,較佳爲使用以硼化合物進行耐久性處理之物。在該偏 - 光膜之面上,貼合本發明之光學薄膜之單面來形成偏光 板。較佳爲藉由以完全皂化聚乙烯醇等爲主成分之水系皂 黏接劑來貼合。 又,乙烯改性聚乙烯醇以作爲偏光膜可恰當使用。偏 光膜之膜厚以5〜30 μηι,尤其是以10〜25 μιη爲佳。 (顯示裝置) # 在以使用到本發明之相位差薄膜之偏光板所構成之液 晶顯示裝置,係與通常之偏光板比較可顯現高顯示品質而 使用者。尤其是多域(multi-domain)型之液晶顯示裝置, 更佳爲以複折射模式使用於多域型之液晶顯示裝置者可更 爲發揮本發明之效果。 多域化,亦可適於畫面顯示對稱性之提高,而有各種 方式之報告被發表「置田,山內:液晶,6(3),303 (2 0 0 2 )」。該液晶顯示晶胞,亦記載於「山田,山原:液 晶,7 (2),1 84 (2003)」,但非限定於該等。 -68- 200821642 本發明之偏光板係垂直配向模式所代表之MVA(多域 垂直配向 Multi-do mein Vertical Alig nment)模式,尤其是 被4分割之MVA模式,以電極配置進行多域化之周知之 PVA(圖型垂直配向 Patterned Vertical Alignment)模式, 使電極配置與對掌(chiral)能予以融合之CPA(連續焰火狀 配向Continuous Pinwheel Alignment)模式可有效地使用。 又,對 OCB(光學補償板 Optical Compensated Bend) • 模式之配合中亦有揭示具有光學性二軸性之薄膜之提案 - 「T. Miyashita,T. Uchida: J,SID,3(1),2 9(1995)」,在藉 由本發明之偏光板之顯示品質中,亦可顯現本發明之癡 果。藉由本發明之偏光板之使用,若能顯現本發明之效 果,則液晶模式,偏光板之配置並無限定。本發明之相位 差薄膜之中以,使用於垂直配向模式液晶顯示裝置爲佳, 尤其是以使用於 MVA(Multi-domein Vertical Alignment)模 式之液晶顯示裝置爲佳。 ® 顯示晶胞之顯示品質,在人眼觀察中以左右對稱者爲 佳。因此,顯示晶胞爲液晶顯示晶胞之情形,實質上以觀 察側之對稱性爲優先可使域(d 〇 m a i η )多域化者。域之分 舎!J ’可採用周知之方法,可藉由2分割法,更佳爲4分割 法’以考慮周知之液晶模式之性質來決定。 液晶顯示裝置作爲彩色化及動畫顯示用之裝置而正被 應用著’在本發明中顯示品質可藉由對比之改善或偏光板 之耐性提高,而可使眼睛不致疲勞之忠實動畫面之顯示爲 可行。 -69- 200821642 本發明之液晶顯示裝置,係將使用到本發明相位差薄 膜之偏光板僅配置於液晶晶胞之一面,或者配置於兩面 者。此時含於偏光板之本發明之相位差薄膜係使用成爲液 晶晶胞側之方式,而有助於顯示品質之提高。 【實施方式】 實施例 以下,就本發明之實施例及比較例加以說明,但本發 明並非限制於該等實施例。 實施例1 (主摻雜之調製) 纖維素乙酸酯丙酸酯 1 〇〇質量份 (總取代度2.50,數平均分子量70000,質量平均分子量 1 80 000,固有黏度(IV) 1·4 :稱爲纖維素酯A) 芳香族末端酯系可塑劑(化合物一例(1)) 6質量份 2-(2’-羥基-3’,5’-二-三級丁基苯基)苯并 三唑(紫外線吸收 劑) 1質量份 乙基鄰苯二醯基乙基羥乙酸酯 4質量份 二氯甲烷 450質量份 乙基醇 5〇質量份 調製上述組成之主摻雜液。首先’在加壓溶解槽添加 二氯甲烷與乙基醇。在裝入溶劑之加壓溶解槽一邊攪拌纖 維素酯Α —邊投入。使其加熱,攪拌,同時完全溶解,進 -70- 200821642 而添加可塑劑及紫外線吸收劑,予以溶解。對此使用安積 濾紙公司製之安積濾紙N 〇 · 2 4 4進行過濾,來調製主摻雜 液。 &lt;微粒子分散液之調製&gt; 微粒子(Aerosil R972V(日本Aerosil公司製) 11質量份 (一次粒子之平均徑16 nm,外觀比重90g/升) 乙基醇 8 9質量份 將上述材料以溶解器進行5 0分鐘攪拌混合後,以 Manton-Gaulin進行分散來調製微粒子分散液。 9 9質量份 4質量份 1 1質量份 &lt;微粒子添加液之調製&gt; 二氯甲烷 纖維素酯A 微粒子分散液 在裝入二氯甲烷之溶解槽,添加上述纖維素酯A,進 行加熱使完全溶解後,對此使用安積濾紙公司製之安積濾 紙No. 244進行過濾。在將過濾後之纖維素酯溶液予以充 分攪拌,同時在此將該微粒子分散液緩緩添加。進而,使 用攪磨機(attritor)進行分散,使二次粒子之粒徑成爲設定 之大小。使其以日本精線公司製之微孔(fine pore) NF過 濾,來調製微粒子添加液。 接著,添加主摻雜液1 00質量份與微粒子添加液5質 量份,以聯機混合器(Toray靜止型管內混合機’Hi- - 71 - 200821642(VI) In the structural formula, A, B, C and D are each independently represented by a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. Here, the above A ' B, C and D are not particularly limited, and are preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a monovalent organic group, or an organic group may be bonded through at least a divalent linking group, and these may be the same or phase. different. Also, A or B and C or D may form a monocyclic or polycyclic structure. Here, the at least divalent linking group means a hetero atom which may be represented by an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom, and may, for example, be an ether, an ester, a carbonyl group or a urethane ethyl amide amine amine thioether. Etc., and not limited to such. Further, the organic group can be further substituted by the above-mentioned bonding group. Further, in terms of other monomers copolymerizable with the norbornene-based monomer, for example, ethylene, propylene, butene, pentene, 1 · hexene, 1-octene, 1-decene, - dodecene, 1-tetradecene, 1-hexadecene '1-octadecene, 1-eicene and the like, an a-olefin having a carbon number of 2 to 20' and such derivatives; cyclobutene, a cyclic olefin such as cyclopentene, cyclohexene, cyclooctene, 3a, 5, 6, 7a-tetrahydro-4,7-methyl-1H-indole, and the like; and 4-hexyl Occasionally, 4-methyl-1,4-hexadiene, 5-methyl-I,4·hexadiene', non-conjugated diene such as 7-octadiene; Among these, α-olefins, especially ethylene, are preferred. In addition, the other monomers copolymerizable with the norbornene-based monomer may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The addition of the sinter-sintering monomer to the other copolymerizable monomers in the case of addition copolymerization in the addition copolymer -60-200821642 The structural unit of the self-reducing decene monomer can be copolymerized from other The ratio of the structural unit of the monomer is usually in the range of 3 0: 7 0 to 9 9 : 1, preferably 50: 5 0 to 97: 3, more preferably 7 Q: 30 to 95: 5 Suitable for ^bb choice. When the unsaturated bond remaining in the polymer chain of the synthesized polymer is saturated by the hydrogenation reaction, the hydrogenation rate is 90% or more, preferably 95, from the viewpoints of light resistance deterioration, weather resistance deterioration, and the like. More than %, especially better than 99%. In addition, the cycloolefin polymer to be used in the present invention may be described in paragraphs [〇〇14] to [0019] of JP-A-5-2108. Thermoplastic saturated decene-based resin, JP-A-20001 - 2 7 7 4 3 0&gt; The thermoplastic norbornene-based polymer described in paragraphs [0015] to [0031], JP-A-2003- The thermoplastic, norbornene-based resin described in paragraphs [0008] to [0045], which is described in paragraphs [0014P to [0 0 2 8] of JP-A No. 203-139950; jfg olefinic resin The composition of the composition of the present invention is described in the paragraph [〇〇29]~[0〇37], which is described in the paragraph [〇〇29]~[0〇37], and the paragraph [0027] ~ [0036] The decene-based resin, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2〇〇3-21, No. 5, 89, paragraph [〇〇〇9] ~ [0 0 2 3 ] alicyclic structure-containing polymer resin, Japan The norbornene-based polymer resin or the vinyl alicyclic hydrocarbon polymer resin described in paragraphs [0008] to [0 0 24] of JP-A-2003-2115. Specifically, it is preferable to use ZE ONEX®, ZEONOR® manufactured by Japan Zeon Co., Ltd., Arton manufactured by JSR Corporation, and appel (APL8008T, APL6509T, APL6013T, APL5014DP, -61 - 200821642 APL6015T) manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals Co., Ltd., and the like. The molecular weight of the cycloolefin polymer used in the present invention can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose of use, but the polyisodazole determined by gel permeation chromatography of a cyclohexane solution (the toluene solution in the case where the polymer resin is not dissolved) The mass average molecular weight of pentadiene or converted polystyrene is usually 5,000 to 500,000, preferably 8,000 to 200,000, more preferably 1 to 10,000 to 1,400, and the mechanical strength and formability of the molded body are It is appropriate for a high degree of balance. The cycloolefin polymer film may be contained in the plastic film as a generally compatible additive as needed. As such an additive, a heat stabilizer, a light stabilizer, a UV absorber, an antistatic agent, a slip agent, a plasticizer, a chelating agent, etc. may be exemplified, and the content thereof may be selected without damaging the object of the present invention. By. The method for forming the cycloolefin polymer film is not particularly limited, and any one of the layer heating and melt molding methods and the solution casting method can be used. The heat-melting forming method can be further classified into an extrusion molding method, a press molding method, an inflation molding method, an injection molding method, a blow molding method, a stretch forming method, etc., and the like. Among the methods, in order to obtain a film excellent in mechanical strength and surface precision, an extrusion molding method, an inflation molding method, and a press molding method are preferred, and an extrusion molding method is most suitable. The molding conditions can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose of use or the molding method. In the case of the heat fusion molding method, the cylinder temperature is usually 150 to 400 ° C, preferably 200 to 3 50 ° C, more preferably It is suitable to set in the range of 23 0 to 3 30 °C. When the resin temperature is excessively low, the fluidity is deteriorated, and the film is foamed (inverted - 62 - 200821642 blister) or strain. When the resin temperature is too high, voids or silver streak due to thermal decomposition of the resin may occur. There is a flaw in the formation of defects such as yellowing of the film. The thickness of the film is usually 5 to 3 μm, preferably 10 to 200 μm, more preferably 20 to 100 μm. In the case where the thickness is too thin, handling becomes difficult when laminating, and in the case of too thick, the drying time after lamination becomes long, which deteriorates productivity. The cycloolefin polymer film preferably has a wetting tension on the surface of 40 mN/m or more, more preferably 50 mN/m or more, and still more preferably 55 mN/m or more. When the wetting tension of the surface is in the above range, the adhesion strength between the film and the polarizing film can be improved. To adjust the wetting tension of the surface, for example, faint discharge treatment, ozone spraying, ultraviolet irradiation, flame treatment, chemical treatment, and other well-known surface treatments can be carried out. The thickness of the sheet before stretching is about 50~500 μm, and the thickness is not less than ±8%, preferably less than 8%, preferably less than 4%. . The cycloolefin polymer film can be obtained as the phase difference film of the present invention in the same manner as the above-mentioned cellulose ester film. Further, it is obtained by stretching the sheet in at least one axial direction. Further, the stretching can be carried out in a substantially one-axis direction, for example, after stretching in a range not affecting the molecular alignment, and may be a biaxial stretching in which one direction of the molecular alignment is to be stretched. It is preferable to stretch to use the stretcher device or the like. The stretching ratio may be 1.1 to 1 〇, preferably 1 · 3 to 8 times, and it is preferable if the range is desired to be delayed. When the draw ratio is too low, the delay of the delay is not improved, and it cannot be set. If it is too high, there will be a break. -63- 200821642 Shape. The stretching is usually carried out at a temperature at which the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the resin constituting the sheet is from Tg + 50 ° C, preferably from Tg to Tg + 40 °C. When the stretching temperature is too low, the film is broken. When the film is too high, the molecules are not aligned, so that the desired retardation film cannot be obtained. In this way, the obtained film can be aligned by the stretching, and can have a delayed retardation of a desired size. In the present invention, the in-plane phase difference 値Ro in the range of 5 8 9 nm is 30 to 10 0 nm, and more preferably 40 to 70 nm. Further, the phase difference 値Rt in the thickness direction is 70 to 300 nm, and it is more appropriate to be 1 0 0 to 2 5 0 nm. The retardation can be controlled by the retardation and stretching ratio of the sheet before stretching, the stretching temperature, and the thickness of the stretched alignment film. The film having a certain thickness before stretching has a tendency that the film having a larger stretching ratio tends to have a larger absolute retardation, so that a stretched alignment film which is delayed by a stretching ratio can be obtained. The measurement deviation of the retardation is preferably as small as possible. The retardation of the cycloolefin polymer film of the present invention is usually within ±50 nm, preferably less than 30 nm, more preferably less than 2 nm. Below 0 nm. The deviation or thickness unevenness in the retarded surface can be made smaller by applying an equal stress to the sheet in addition to the use of the sheets before the stretching. Therefore, under a uniform temperature distribution, it is preferably within the range of 5 Å, and more preferably within, particularly preferably: t 〇 5t: stretching in an environment with controllable temperature is desirable. -64-200821642 [Polycarbonate-based film] In the various ways of producing a polycarbonate-based resin for polycarbonate film, aromatic polycarbon is preferable in terms of chemical properties and physical properties, especially double Phenol A-based polycarbonate is preferred. Further preferably, bisphenol A is introduced into a phenol A derivative such as a benzene ring, a cyclohexane ring or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and particularly a derivative which is asymmetric with respect to the central carbon. It is preferred that the polycarbonate obtained is a structure having a reduced intramolecular specificity. For example, in the case where the two methyl groups in the center of bisphenol A are substituted with a benzene ring, it is preferred that the methyl group or the phenyl group of one of the benzene rings of bisphenol A is asymmetrically substituted with respect to the central carbon. Specifically, a compound obtained by a phosgene method or a transesterification method from 4,4'-dihydroxydiphenylalkane or the halogen may, for example, be 4J hydroxydiphenylmethane, 4,4'. - Dihydroxydiphenylethane, 4,4'-dihydroxyphenylbutane, and the like. The retardation film used in the polycarbonate resin of the present invention is mixed with a transparent resin such as a polystyrene resin, a methyl methacrylate resin or a cellulose ester resin, and is also used in a cellulose acetate film. It is also possible to laminate the polycarbonate resin on at least one side. The method for producing the polycarbonate-based film which can be used in the present invention is not limited. Any one of a film obtained by extrusion, a film by a solvent casting method, a film by calendering (c a 1 e n d e r), or the like may be used. The present invention uses either one of 1-axis stretching or 2-axis stretching, and the same manufacturing method as the cellulose ester, the temperature of the present invention is 23 ° C, and the acid ester is a double-introduction carbon. The hydrogen is replaced by carbonic acid by S. One by one and the acetate type is not particularly thin. The film is wettable. -65-200821642 55% The elastic modulus (E23) of the film tensile direction measured under the measurement conditions of RH, and the temperature 5CTC , humidity 55% RH measured under the conditions of the film tensile direction elastic modulus (E5Q) difference (E23-5G) can satisfy the relationship of the formula (1), and can obtain the phase in the in-plane and thickness direction Polycarbonate film in the range of the range. The polycarbonate-based film which can be used in the present invention can be used having a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 110 ° C or higher and a water absorption ratio (measured in 23 ° C water and 24 hours) of 0.3% or less. . More preferably, it is a material having a Tg of 120 ° C or more and a water absorption ratio of 0.2% or less. Here, in order to increase the ratio of the front surface of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention, it is important that the deformation of the polymer constituting the film disposed between the polarizing film and the liquid crystal cell is minimized. As described above, in the stretched film, the polymer constituting the film is quickly aligned, and it is necessary to remove the light leakage as much as possible, and for the same reason, the film thickness of the film is also It is important that the retardation film of the present invention has a film thickness of 100 μm or less. When the film thickness of the film is thicker, the element for causing the light leakage to occur is not only an increase in the film thickness portion, but particularly when the film thickness of the film exceeds 1 μm, a tendency to easily leak light is observed by an increase in film thickness. The film thickness of the appropriate film is 80 μm or less, and the film thickness of the appropriate film is 35 to 60 μm. When the film thickness of the retardation film of the present invention is in the range of 35 to 60 μm, the film of the phase difference film which is used for a thin display such as a large-sized TV in recent years can be sufficiently matched. . -66- 200821642 (Polarizing Plate) The polarizing plate can be produced by a general method. The inner surface side of the retardation film of the present invention is subjected to alkali saponification treatment, and is immersed and stretched in at least one surface of the produced polarizing film in an iodine solution, and is preferably laminated using a completely saponified polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution. On the other hand, even if the film is used, other polarizing plates can be used to protect the film. Commercially available cellulose ester films (eg, Konika Minolta Tac KC8UX, KC4UX, KC5UX, KC8UCR3, KC8UCR4, • KC8UY, KC4UY, KC12UR, KC8UCR-3, KC8UCR-4, - KC8UCR-5, KC8UY-HA, KC8UX-RHA KC8UX-RHA-N, manufactured by Konica Minoltaopt Co., Ltd., Fuji Tac TD 8 OUF ? T 8 0 U Ά, T40UZ, anti-reflective film (Fuji Film CV clear view UA), Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.). The optically isotropic polarizer protective film having an in-plane retardation Ro of 0 to 20 nm and a Rt of -5 0 to 50 nm is preferable for the retardation film of the present invention. . Further, it is preferable that the polarizing plate protective film has a hard coating layer or an antiglare layer having a thickness of 8 to 20 μm, for example, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2 003 - 礞 1 1 43 33, Japanese Patent Laid-Open A polarizing plate protective film having a hard coat layer or an antiglare layer described in, for example, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2004-203009, and the like. Further, in the hard coat layer or the antiglare layer, an antireflection layer, an antifouling layer or the like is preferably laminated. Alternatively, it is preferable to use a polarizing plate protective film having an optically complementary film and having an optically anisotropic layer formed by alignment of a liquid crystal compound such as a discotic liquid crystal, a rod-like liquid crystal or a cholesteric liquid crystal. For example, an optically anisotropic layer can be formed by the method described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2003-9-8348. By using in combination with the polarizing plate of the invention of the present invention, it is possible to obtain a liquid crystal display device having excellent planarity and stable viewing angle expansion effect. The polarizing film which is a main component of a polarizing plate means the element which only passes the light of the polarizing surface in a certain direction, and the typical polarizing film currently known is a polyvinyl alcohol type polarizing film, and this is a polyvinyl alcohol type film. The iodine dyed person is dyed with a dichroic dye. The polarizing film is formed by forming a film of a polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution, stretching it by one axis, or dyeing it, and after performing one-axis stretching of Φ after dyeing, it is preferred to use a material treated with a boron compound for durability treatment. On one surface of the polarizing film, a single side of the optical film of the present invention is bonded to form a polarizing plate. Preferably, it is bonded by a water-based soap adhesive which is completely saponified with polyvinyl alcohol or the like as a main component. Further, ethylene-modified polyvinyl alcohol can be suitably used as a polarizing film. The film thickness of the polarizing film is preferably 5 to 30 μm, particularly preferably 10 to 25 μm. (Display device) # A liquid crystal display device comprising a polarizing plate using the retardation film of the present invention exhibits high display quality as compared with a normal polarizing film. In particular, a multi-domain type liquid crystal display device is more preferably used in a multi-domain type liquid crystal display device in a birefringence mode to further exert the effects of the present invention. Multi-domainization is also suitable for the improvement of the symmetry of the screen display, and reports of various methods have been published in "Maeda, Yamauchi: LCD, 6(3), 303 (2 0 0 2)". The liquid crystal display cell is also described in "Yamada, Yamahara: Liquid Crystal, 7 (2), 1 84 (2003)", but is not limited thereto. -68- 200821642 The polarizing plate of the present invention is a MVA (Multi-do mein Vertical Alig nment) mode represented by the vertical alignment mode, especially in the MVA mode of 4 divisions, and is known as multi-domain by electrode arrangement. The PVA (Patterned Vertical Alignment) mode allows the electrode configuration and the CPA (Continuous Pinwheel Alignment) mode to be integrated with the chiral. In addition, the OCB (Optical Compensated Bend) mode has a proposal to disclose a film with optical biaxiality - "T. Miyashita, T. Uchida: J, SID, 3(1), 2 9 (1995), the inferiority of the present invention can also be exhibited by the display quality of the polarizing plate of the present invention. According to the use of the polarizing plate of the present invention, if the effect of the present invention is exhibited, the liquid crystal mode and the arrangement of the polarizing plate are not limited. The phase difference film of the present invention is preferably used in a vertical alignment mode liquid crystal display device, and particularly preferably a liquid crystal display device used in an MVA (Multi-Domein Vertical Alignment) mode. ® shows the display quality of the unit cell, which is preferably symmetrical in the human eye. Therefore, the case where the unit cell is a liquid crystal display unit cell is displayed, and the domain (d 〇 m a i η ) can be multi-domainized by giving priority to the symmetry of the observation side. The division of the domain 舎! J ' can be determined by a well-known method, and can be determined by considering the properties of a well-known liquid crystal mode by a two-division method, more preferably a four-division method. The liquid crystal display device is being applied as a device for colorization and animation display. In the present invention, the display quality can be improved by contrast or the resistance of the polarizing plate is improved, and the display of the faithful animated surface which can prevent the eyes from being fatigued is feasible. In the liquid crystal display device of the present invention, the polarizing plate using the retardation film of the present invention is disposed only on one surface of the liquid crystal cell or on both sides. In this case, the retardation film of the present invention contained in the polarizing plate is used as a liquid crystal cell side, which contributes to an improvement in display quality. [Embodiment] Hereinafter, examples and comparative examples of the present invention will be described, but the present invention is not limited to the examples. Example 1 (Preparation of main doping) Cellulose acetate propionate 1 〇〇 parts by mass (total degree of substitution 2.50, number average molecular weight 70,000, mass average molecular weight 1 80 000, intrinsic viscosity (IV) 1·4 : It is called cellulose ester A) aromatic terminal ester type plasticizer (an example of compound (1)) 6 parts by mass of 2-(2'-hydroxy-3',5'-di-tertiary butylphenyl)benzotriene Azole (ultraviolet absorber) 1 part by mass of ethyl phenenyl ethyl hydroxyacetate 4 parts by mass of dichloromethane 450 parts by mass of ethyl alcohol 5 parts by mass to prepare a main dope of the above composition. First, methylene chloride and ethyl alcohol were added to the pressure dissolution tank. The cellulose ester oxime was stirred while being charged in a pressure-dissolving tank filled with a solvent. It is heated, stirred, and completely dissolved. Adding a plasticizer and a UV absorber to dissolve in -70-200821642. For this purpose, the filter paper N 〇 · 24 4 manufactured by Anchip Filter Co., Ltd. was used for filtration to modulate the main dope. &lt;Preparation of fine particle dispersion&gt; Microparticles (Aerosil R972V (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.) 11 parts by mass (average diameter of primary particles: 16 nm, apparent specific gravity: 90 g/liter) Ethyl alcohol, 8 parts by mass, using the above material as a dissolver After stirring and mixing for 50 minutes, dispersion was carried out by Manton-Gaulin to prepare a fine particle dispersion. 9 9 parts by mass of 4 parts by mass of 1 part by mass &lt;modulation of fine particle addition liquid&gt; dichloromethane cellulose ester A microparticle dispersion The cellulose ester A was added to a dissolution tank of methylene chloride, and the cellulose ester A was added thereto, and the mixture was heated to completely dissolve the mixture. Then, the filter paper No. 244 manufactured by Angki Paper Co., Ltd. was used for filtration. The fine particle dispersion was gradually added thereto while being stirred, and the dispersion was carried out using an attritor to set the particle size of the secondary particles to a predetermined size. (fine pore) NF filtration to prepare a fine particle addition liquid. Next, add 100 parts by mass of the main doping liquid and 5 parts by mass of the fine particle addition liquid to the on-line mixer (Toray still In-line mixer ‘Hi- - 71 - 200821642

Mixer,SW〗)進行充分混合,接著使用帶流鑄裝置,於寬 2m之不鏽鋼帶(band )支持體予以均一地流鑄。在不鏽 鋼帶支持體上,以剝離張力130 N/m,殘留溶劑量1〇〇質 量%之條件進行剝離。 不鏽鋼帶之溫度,係將自流鑄至剝離爲止之距離分爲 二等分,將其經二等分之前半平均溫度保持於32t:,後半 之平均溫度保持於28°C,來控制供給於帶表面及內面之溫 φ 風溫度。 - 接著,以拉寬器把持網狀物(薄膜)之寬邊方向兩端部 份,以溫度140°C,拉伸倍率1.25倍,拉伸速度40mm/秒&gt; 之條件進行拉伸,在拉伸後,於維持其寬之原樣在1 3 0 °C 進行20分鐘熱處理,在緩和寬邊方向之張力後使寬保持 解放,進而在設定於1 2 5 °C之第3乾燥區域進行3 0分鐘搬 送進行乾燥,來製作寬1 · 4 η η,且端部份具有寬1 c m,高 6 μπι之滾花的膜厚45 μηι之相位差薄膜。 * 實施例2 主摻雜及微粒子添加液係與實施例1共通,將不鏽鋼 帶之溫度,拉寬器所致拉伸條件如下述方式變更進行製 膜。 使不鏽鋼帶之前半平均溫度爲35 °C,後半平均溫度爲 25T:,拉寬器拉伸條件係在溫度130艽,拉伸倍率1.23 倍,拉伸速度40mm/秒之條件來製作相位差薄膜。而就上 述條件以外則與實施例1同樣地實施。 -72- 200821642 實施例3 主摻雜及微粒子添加液係與實施例1共通’不鏽鋼帶 之溫度,拉寬器所致拉伸條件進行如下述方式之變更進行 製膜。 使不鏽鋼帶之前半平均溫度爲30°C,後半平均溫度爲 3 3°C,拉寬器拉伸條件以溫度135°C,拉伸倍率1.3倍,拉 φ 伸速度34mm/秒之條件來製作相位差薄膜。而就上述條件 - 以外則與實施例1同樣地實施。 實施例4 主摻雜之調整係以其次之條件進行。 使用之原料種類與實施例1共通,係調整使二氯甲烷 及乙基醇之比率改變之摻雜。 纖維素乙酸醋丙酸醋 1 0 0皙量份 (總取代度2.50,數平均分子量70000,質量平均分子量 1 80000’固有黏度(ΐν)ι·4:稱爲纖維素酯a) 芳香族末端酯系可塑劑(化合物一例(〗)) 6質量份 2-(2’一羥基- 3’,5’-二-三級丁基苯基)苯并三唑(紫外線吸收 劑) 1質量份 乙基鄰苯一醯基乙基經乙酸酯 4質量份 一氯甲;U 4 0 0質量份 乙基醇 1 0 〇質量份 -73- 200821642 以下,藉由與實施例1同樣之手段進行薄膜製膜。 此時以同時使不鏽鋼帶之前半溫度及後半溫度保持於 2 8 °C之方式來控制供給於帶表面及內面之溫風溫度。 又,拉寬器拉伸條件係於溫度145°C,拉伸倍率1.35 倍,拉伸速度30mm/秒之條件來製作相位差薄膜。 就其他無記載之部份,則與實施例1同樣地進行製 膜。 - 實施例5 (主摻雜之調整) 使用之原料種類係與實施例1共通,使摻雜濃度調整 爲下述方式。 纖維素乙酸酯丙酸酯 100質量份 (總取代度2 · 5 0,數平均分子量7 0 0 0 0,質量平均分子量 1 80000,固有黏度(IV) 1·4 :稱爲纖維素酯A) 芳香族末端酯系可塑劑(化合物一例(1)) 2-(2’-羥基-3’,5’-二-三級丁基苯基)苯并三唑 6質量份 (紫外線吸收劑) 1質量份 乙基鄰苯二醯基乙基羥乙酸酯 4質量份 二氯甲烷 3 60質量份 乙基醇 40質量份 以下,以與實施例丨相同之手段進行薄膜製膜。 此時不鏽鋼帶之前半溫度及後半溫度均保持於2 5。(:之 方式來控制供給於帶表面及內面之溫風溫度。 •74- 200821642 又,拉寬器拉伸條件係在溫度130°C,拉伸倍率L35 倍,拉伸速度50mm/秒之條件製作相位差薄膜。 就其他無記載之部份,則與實施例1同樣地進行製 膜。 實施例6及7 (主摻雜之調整)Mixer, SW)) was thoroughly mixed, and then uniformly cast using a belt casting device with a 2 m wide stainless steel band support. The stainless steel strip support was peeled off under the conditions of a peeling tension of 130 N/m and a residual solvent amount of 1 〇〇% by mass. The temperature of the stainless steel belt is divided into two equal parts from the distance from the casting to the stripping, and the average temperature is maintained at 32t before the halving, and the average temperature in the second half is maintained at 28 °C to control the supply to the belt. The temperature of the surface and the inner surface φ wind temperature. - Next, the both ends in the widthwise direction of the mesh (film) are held by a stretcher at a temperature of 140 ° C, a draw ratio of 1.25 times, and a draw speed of 40 mm / sec. After stretching, heat treatment was carried out at 130 ° C for 20 minutes while maintaining the width thereof, and the width was kept relaxed after the tension in the broad direction was relaxed, and further, the third drying zone set at 1 25 ° C was carried out. The film was dried for 0 minutes to produce a phase difference film having a width of 1 · 4 η η and a thickness of 1 cm and a height of 6 μm knurled with a film thickness of 45 μm. * Example 2 The main doping and fine particle addition liquid system were the same as in Example 1, and the temperature of the stainless steel band and the stretching conditions by the stretcher were changed as follows to form a film. The average temperature of the first half of the stainless steel strip was 35 °C, and the average temperature of the second half was 25T: The stretch condition of the stretcher was made at a temperature of 130 艽, a draw ratio of 1.23 times, and a draw speed of 40 mm/sec to prepare a retardation film. . Except for the above conditions, the same procedure as in the first embodiment was carried out. -72-200821642 Example 3 The main doping and fine particle addition liquid system was the same as in Example 1. The temperature of the stainless steel strip was changed, and the stretching conditions by the stretcher were changed as follows. The average temperature of the first half of the stainless steel strip was 30 ° C, the average temperature of the second half was 33 ° C, and the stretching conditions of the stretcher were made at a temperature of 135 ° C, a draw ratio of 1.3 times, and a tensile speed of 34 mm / sec. Phase difference film. The above conditions were carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above conditions. Example 4 The adjustment of the main doping was carried out under the second conditions. The type of the raw material used was the same as in Example 1, and the doping was carried out by changing the ratio of dichloromethane to ethyl alcohol. Cellulose acetate vinegar vinegar 1 0 0 parts (total degree of substitution 2.50, number average molecular weight 70,000, mass average molecular weight 1 80000' intrinsic viscosity (ΐν) ι·4: called cellulose ester a) aromatic terminal ester a plasticizer (an example of a compound ()) 6 parts by mass of 2-(2'-hydroxy-3',5'-di-tertiary butylphenyl)benzotriazole (ultraviolet absorber) 1 part by mass ethyl 4 parts by mass of o-phenyl-mercaptoethyl group acetate, monochloromethane; U 4 0 parts by mass of ethyl alcohol 10 parts by mass - 73-200821642 Hereinafter, film formation was carried out by the same method as in Example 1. membrane. At this time, the temperature of the warm air supplied to the surface of the belt and the inner surface was controlled so that the temperature of the first half of the stainless steel strip and the temperature of the second half were maintained at 28 °C. Further, the stretcher stretching conditions were carried out under the conditions of a temperature of 145 ° C, a draw ratio of 1.35 times, and a draw speed of 30 mm / sec to prepare a retardation film. Film formation was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the other parts which were not described. - Example 5 (Adjustment of main doping) The type of the raw material used was the same as in Example 1, and the doping concentration was adjusted to the following manner. 100 parts by mass of cellulose acetate propionate (total degree of substitution 2 · 50, number average molecular weight 7 0 0 0 0, mass average molecular weight 1 80000, intrinsic viscosity (IV) 1 · 4 : called cellulose ester A Aromatic terminal ester type plasticizer (an example of compound (1)) 6 parts by mass of 2-(2'-hydroxy-3',5'-di-tertiary butylphenyl)benzotriazole (ultraviolet absorber) 1 part by mass of ethyl phthalyl ethyl hydroxyacetate, 4 parts by mass of dichloromethane, 60 parts by mass of ethyl alcohol, 40 parts by mass or less, and film formation was carried out in the same manner as in Example 。. At this time, the temperature of the first half of the stainless steel strip and the temperature of the second half are maintained at 25. (: The method to control the temperature of the warm air supplied to the surface of the belt and the inner surface. • 74- 200821642 In addition, the stretching conditions of the stretcher are at a temperature of 130 ° C, a draw ratio of L35 times, and a tensile speed of 50 mm / sec. A retardation film was produced under the conditions. The other portions were not formed, and film formation was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1. Examples 6 and 7 (Adjustment of main doping)

使用之原料種類與實施例1共通,摻雜濃度與溶劑混 合比率係以下述方式調整。 纖維素乙酸酯丙酸酯 100質量偷 (總取代度2.50,數平均分子量70000,質量平均分子量 1 8 0000,固有黏度(1¥)1.4:稱爲纖維素酯八) 芳香族末端酯系可塑劑(化合物-例(1)) 6質量份 2-(2’_羥基-3’,5’-二-三級丁基苯基)苯并三唑(紫外線吸收 劑) 1質量份 乙基鄰苯二醯基乙基羥乙酸酯 4質量{分 二氯甲烷 320質量份 乙基醇 80質量份 以下,以與實施例1相同之手段進行薄膜製膜。 在實施例6,係使不鏽鋼帶之前半溫度保持於3 8艽及 後半溫度保持於40艽之方式來控制供給於帶表面及內面之 溫風之溫度。又,拉寬器條件係在溫度1 5 5 °C,拉伸倍率 1.35倍,拉伸速度30mm/秒之條件製作相位差薄膜。 在實施例7係使不鏽鋼帶之前半溫度保持於35它及後 -75- 200821642 半溫度保持於3 3 °C來控制供給於帶表面及內面之溫風之溫 度。 又,拉寬器拉伸條件在溫度1 5 (TC,拉伸倍率1 · 3 5 倍,拉伸速度1 5mm/秒之條件來製作相位差薄膜。 就其他無記載之部份,係與實施例1同樣地進行製 膜。 • 實施例8 • 使用與實施例5、相同之主摻雜,使不鏽鋼帶之前半溫 度保持於22 °C及後半溫度保持於33 °C之方式來控制供給於 帶表面及內面之溫風之溫度。 又,拉伸條件係在溫度1 6 0它,拉伸倍率1 . 4 5倍,拉 伸速度2 5 mm/秒之條件來製作相位差薄膜。 就其他無記載之部份,可與實施例1同樣地進行製 膜。 實施例9 ‘在主摻雜調整之際,使用下述纖維素酯以替代纖維素 酯A,且製作拉伸溫度135 °C,拉伸倍率1.29倍,及膜厚 45 μπι之相位差薄膜。此時不鏽鋼帶之溫度係使前半溫度 保持於3 (TC及後半溫度保持於3 5 °C之方式來控制供給於帶 表面及內面之溫風之溫度。 上述以外則與實施例1之情形同來實施。 -76- 200821642 (主摻雜之調製) 纖維素乙酸酯丁酸酯 100 胃i 份 (總取代度2.42,數平均分子量no〇〇〇,重量平均分子 量230000固有黏度(IV)1,4) 芳香族末端酯系可塑劑(化合物一例(1)) 6質量份 2_(2’-羥基-3’,5’-二-三級丁基苯基)苯并三唑(紫外線吸收 劑) 1質量份 乙基鄰苯二醯基乙基羥乙酸酯 4質量份 二氯甲院 225質量份 乙基醇 2 5質量份 調製上述組成之主摻雜液。 以下,至流鑄爲止之條件係與實施例1同樣地實施。 將不鏽鋼帶溫度,使前半之平均溫度保持於20。(:,後 • ί . 半之平均溫度保持於3 0 °C之方式來控制供給於帶表面及內 面之溫風之溫度。拉寬器拉伸條件係在溫度1 5 8°C,拉伸 倍率1.34倍,拉伸速度15mm/秒之條件製作相位差薄 膜。 實施例1 〇 在主摻雜調製之際,使用下述纖維素酯來替代纖維素 酯A,於主摻雜調整之際,使用下述纖維素酯以替代纖維 素酯A,且以拉伸溫度1 4 5 °C,拉伸倍率1 · 3 6倍,及拉伸 速度45 mm/秒來製作相位差薄膜。此時不鏽鋼帶之溫度 -77 - 200821642 係使前半溫度保持於40 °C及後半溫度保持於35°C之方式$ 控制供給於帶表面及內面之溫風之溫度。 上述以外則與實施例1之情形同樣地實施。 纖維素乙酸酯丁酸酯:總取代度2.42,數平均分子量 11 0 000,質量平均分子量230000,固有黏度(IV)14。 實施例1 1 在主摻雜調整之際,使用下述纖維素酯以替代纖維素 酯A,且於拉伸溫度1 7 5 °C,拉伸倍率1 · 5 5倍,及拉伸速 度 1 5 mm/秒來製作相位差薄膜。此時之不鏽鋼帶之温. 度,可與前半後半溫度一起保持於20°C之方式來控制供給 於帶表面及內面之溫風之溫度。除了上述以外則與實施例 1之情形同樣地實施。 纖維素乙酸酯丁酸酯:總取代度2.7 9,數平均分子量: 1 5 0000 ’質量平均分子量3 00000,固有黏度(IV)2.2。 實施例1 2 熔融流鑄製膜法所致環烯烴系聚合物薄膜之製作 在氮氛圍下,於經脫水之環己烷500份,將1-己烯 1·2份,二丁基醚0.15份,三異丁基鋁〇.30份在室溫放入 反應器經混合後,在保持於 45Τ:之同時,將三環 [4·3·0·12,5]癸-3,7-二烯(二環戊二烯,以下,簡稱 DCP)20 份,1,4-甲撐-l,4,4a,9a-四氫苐(以下,簡稱MTF)140份, 及8-甲基-四環[4·4·0·12,5·17,10]—十二-3-烯(以下,簡稱 -78 - 200821642 MTD)40份所成降萡烯系單體混合物,與六氯化鎢(0.7%甲 苯溶液)4 0份,經2小時連續添加予以聚合。在聚合溶液 添加丁基環氧丙基醚1·〇6份與異丙基醇0.52份使聚合觸 媒惰性化並使聚合反應停止。~ 接著,相對於含有所得之開環聚合物之反應溶液1 00 份,添加環己烷270份,進而氫化觸媒係添加鎳-氧化鋁 觸媒(日揮化學公司製)5份,以氫加壓成5 MPa —邊攪拌 一邊加溫至溫度200 °C爲止後,進行4小時反應,獲得含 有DCP/MTF/MTD開環聚合物氫化聚合物20%之反應溶 液。 藉由過濾將氫化觸媒除去後,將軟質聚合物(Kuraray 公司製;septon 2002),及防氧化劑(千葉特用化學品公司 製;Irganoxs 1 0 1 0),各自添加於所得之溶液並溶解之(均 爲每一聚合物1 〇 0份爲0.1份)。 接著’自溶液將爲溶劑之環己烷及其他揮發成分,使 用圓筒型濃縮乾燥器(日立製作所製)予以除去,將氫化聚 合物於熔融狀態自擠壓機擠壓成條(strand)狀,冷卻後予 以顆粒化並回收。 將聚合物中各降萡烯系單體之共聚比率,以聚合後溶 液中殘留降71烯類組成(氣體層析術法所致)計算時,以 DCP/MTF/MTDM 0/7 0/2 0爲大致相等於裝入組成。 此開環聚合物氫化物之,質量平均分子量(Mw)爲 31,000,分子量分布(Mw/Mn)爲2.5,氫化率爲99.9%,Tg 爲 134〇C。 -79- 200821642 所得之開環聚合物氫化物之顆粒,係使用使空氣流通 之熱風乾燥器於7 (TC經2小時乾燥使水分除去。 接著,使該顆粒,以使用具有口承(Π p)寬1 . 5 m之衣 架型之T模之單軸擠壓機(三菱重工業公司製:螺旋徑 90mm,T模口承構件質係碳化鎢,熔融樹脂之剝離強度 44N),進行熔融擠壓成形來製造長2500m,厚度60 μηι之 環狀烯烴樹脂薄膜。擠壓成形係在等級1 0000以下之潔淨 φ 室內,於熔融樹脂溫度24〇t:,Τ模溫度240°C之成形條件 • 進行。 就此薄膜,係與實施例1之相位差薄膜同樣地,在剝 離張力85 N/m,殘留溶劑量 5質量%,冷風溫度23°C之 條件進行剝離,以拉寬器把持網狀物兩端部份,如第2圖 所示自 B步驟開始至10cm之位置爲止之應力爲135 N/mm,溫度160°C,拉伸倍率以1.3倍之條件進行拉伸, 所得之環狀烯烴樹脂薄膜兩邊予以開縫隙(slit),加工成寬 • 1.4m,獲得膜厚80 μιη之相位差薄膜17。又,在捲繞之 • 際保護薄膜係使聚酯薄膜一起捲繞。如此一來將經製作之 ‘薄膜厚度方向之紫外線吸收劑之分布依照後述添加劑量測 定之方法進行測定之結果,則如表1記載。 實施例13 溶液流鑄製膜法所致聚碳酸酯系薄膜之製作 &lt;摻雜組成物&gt; 聚碳酸酯樹脂 -80- 200821642 (黏度平均分子量4萬’雙酚A型) 100質量份 鲁 2-(2’-羥基-3’,55-二-三級丁基苯基)苯并三唑(紫外線吸收 劑) 〗·0質量份 二氯甲烷 430質量份 甲醇 90質量份 將上述組成物投入密閉容器,在加壓下於80°C保溫並 攪拌同時使完全溶解,獲得摻雜組成物。 、The type of the raw material used was the same as in Example 1, and the doping concentration and the solvent mixing ratio were adjusted in the following manner. Cellulose acetate propionate 100 mass stealing (total degree of substitution 2.50, number average molecular weight 70,000, mass average molecular weight 1 8 0000, intrinsic viscosity (1 ¥) 1.4: called cellulose ester VIII) aromatic terminal ester system plastic Agent (Compound-Example (1)) 6 parts by mass of 2-(2'-hydroxy-3',5'-di-tertiary butylphenyl)benzotriazole (ultraviolet absorber) 1 part by mass of ethyl ortho The film formation of the film was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the amount of the benzodiazetoethyl glycolate was 4 mass parts: methylene chloride, 320 parts by mass of ethyl alcohol, 80 parts by mass or less. In Example 6, the temperature of the warm air supplied to the surface of the belt and the inner surface was controlled so that the temperature of the first half of the stainless steel belt was maintained at 3 8 Torr and the temperature of the second half was maintained at 40 Torr. Further, the condition of the stretcher was to produce a retardation film at a temperature of 1 5 5 ° C, a draw ratio of 1.35 times, and a draw speed of 30 mm / sec. In Example 7, the temperature of the warm air supplied to the surface of the belt and the inner surface was controlled by maintaining the temperature of the first half of the stainless steel strip at 35 and then -75-200821642 while maintaining the half temperature at 33 °C. Further, the stretcher was subjected to stretching conditions at a temperature of 15 (TC, a draw ratio of 1 · 35 5 times, and a draw speed of 15 mm / sec.) A retardation film was produced. Example 1 was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1. • Example 8: Using the same main doping as in Example 5, the supply of the stainless steel strip was maintained at 22 ° C and the latter half temperature was maintained at 33 ° C to control the supply. The temperature of the warm air with the surface and the inner surface. Further, the stretching condition is to produce a retardation film at a temperature of 1600, a draw ratio of 145 times, and a tensile speed of 2 5 mm/sec. The other parts which were not described were film-formed in the same manner as in Example 1. Example 9 'In the case of main doping adjustment, the following cellulose ester was used instead of cellulose ester A, and a stretching temperature of 135 ° was produced. C, a draw ratio of 1.29 times, and a film thickness of 45 μm. The temperature of the stainless steel strip is controlled to be supplied to the belt surface by maintaining the first half temperature at 3 (TC and the latter half temperature is maintained at 35 ° C). And the temperature of the warm air inside. The above is the same as the case of the first embodiment. -76- 200821642 (Modulation of main doping) Cellulose acetate butyrate 100 Stomach i parts (total degree of substitution 2.42, number average molecular weight no 〇〇〇, weight average molecular weight 230,000 intrinsic viscosity (IV) 1, 4) Aromatic terminal ester type plasticizer (an example of compound (1)) 6 parts by mass of 2_(2'-hydroxy-3',5'-di-tertiary butylphenyl)benzotriazole (ultraviolet absorber) 1 mass The ethylidene phthalate ethyl hydroxyacetate 4 parts by mass of the dichlorocarbyl 225 parts by mass of the ethyl alcohol 25 parts by mass to prepare the main doping liquid of the above composition. Hereinafter, the conditions until the casting are Example 1 was carried out in the same manner. The temperature of the stainless steel was set so that the average temperature of the first half was maintained at 20. (:, after • ί. The average temperature of the half was kept at 30 ° C to control the supply to the surface of the belt and the inner surface. The temperature of the warm air. The stretching condition of the stretcher is to produce a retardation film at a temperature of 158 ° C, a draw ratio of 1.34 times, and a draw speed of 15 mm / sec. Example 1 〇 at the time of main doping modulation , using the following cellulose ester instead of cellulose ester A, at the time of main doping adjustment, use the following fiber The ester of the stainless steel strip was prepared by replacing the cellulose ester A with a stretching temperature of 1 4 5 ° C, a draw ratio of 1.66 times, and a tensile speed of 45 mm/sec. 77 - 200821642 The temperature of the warm air of the belt surface and the inner surface was controlled so that the temperature of the first half was maintained at 40 ° C and the temperature of the second half was maintained at 35 ° C. The above was carried out in the same manner as in the first embodiment. Cellulose acetate butyrate: total substitution 2.42, number average molecular weight 11 000, mass average molecular weight 230,000, intrinsic viscosity (IV) 14. Example 1 1 At the time of main doping adjustment, the following cellulose ester was used in place of cellulose ester A, and at a stretching temperature of 175 ° C, a stretching ratio of 155 times, and a stretching speed of 1 A retardation film was produced at 5 mm/sec. At this time, the temperature of the stainless steel strip can be controlled at a temperature of 20 ° C together with the temperature of the first half and the second half to control the temperature of the warm air supplied to the surface of the belt and the inner surface. Except for the above, it was carried out in the same manner as in the case of Example 1. Cellulose acetate butyrate: total substitution 2.7 9, number average molecular weight: 1 5 0000 'mass average molecular weight 3 00000, intrinsic viscosity (IV) 2.2. Example 1 2 Preparation of a cycloolefin-based polymer film by melt-flow casting film method Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 500 parts of dehydrated cyclohexane, 1-hexene 1-2.2 parts, dibutyl ether 0.15 Parts, triisobutylaluminum hydrazine. 30 parts were placed in the reactor at room temperature and mixed, while maintaining at 45 Τ: while tricyclic [4·3·0·12,5]癸-3,7- 20 parts of a diene (dicyclopentadiene, hereinafter abbreviated as DCP), 140 parts of 1,4-methylene-l,4,4a,9a-tetrahydroanthracene (hereinafter, MTF for short), and 8-methyl- Tetracycline [4·4·0·12,5·17,10]-dodec-3-ene (hereinafter, abbreviated as -78 - 200821642 MTD) 40 parts of a terpene-based monomer mixture, and hexachlorinated 40 parts of tungsten (0.7% toluene solution) was polymerized by continuous addition over 2 hours. In the polymerization solution, 6 parts of butyl glycidyl ether 1·〇 and 0.52 parts of isopropyl alcohol were added to inertize the polymerization catalyst and the polymerization reaction was stopped. Then, 270 parts of cyclohexane was added to 100 parts of the reaction solution containing the obtained ring-opening polymer, and further 5 parts of a nickel-alumina catalyst (manufactured by Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd.) was added to the hydrogenation catalyst to hydrogen addition. The pressure was changed to 5 MPa, and the mixture was heated to a temperature of 200 ° C while stirring, and then reacted for 4 hours to obtain a reaction solution containing 20% of a DCP/MTF/MTD ring-opening polymer hydrogenated polymer. After the hydrogenation catalyst was removed by filtration, a soft polymer (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.; septon 2002) and an antioxidant (manufactured by Chiba Special Chemicals Co., Ltd.; Irganoxs 1 0 10 0) were each added to the obtained solution and dissolved. (all 0.1 parts per 1 part of the polymer). Then, the cyclohexane and other volatile components from the solution were removed using a cylindrical concentrating dryer (manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.), and the hydrogenated polymer was extruded into a strand shape from the extruder in a molten state. After cooling, it is granulated and recovered. The copolymerization ratio of each of the decene-based monomers in the polymer is calculated as DCP/MTF/MTDM 0/7 0/2 when the composition of the remaining 71 olefins in the solution is reduced (caused by gas chromatography). 0 is approximately equal to the load composition. The ring-opened polymer hydride had a mass average molecular weight (Mw) of 31,000, a molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn) of 2.5, a hydrogenation rate of 99.9%, and a Tg of 134 〇C. -79- 200821642 The obtained particles of the ring-opening polymer hydride are removed by using a hot air dryer which circulates air at 7 (TC is dried for 2 hours to remove moisture. Next, the pellet is used to have a mouthpiece (Π p) A single-axis extruder with a width of 1.5 m and a T-die of a hanger type (manufactured by Mitsubishi Heavy Industries Co., Ltd.: a spiral diameter of 90 mm, a T-die member with a tungsten carbide, and a peeling strength of molten resin of 44 N), which is melt-extruded. A film of a cyclic olefin resin having a length of 2,500 m and a thickness of 60 μm is produced. The extrusion molding is carried out in a clean φ room of a grade of 1 0000 or less, at a temperature of 24 〇t at a molten resin: and a molding temperature of 240 ° C at a mold temperature. In the same manner as the retardation film of Example 1, the film was peeled off at a peeling tension of 85 N/m, a residual solvent amount of 5 mass%, and a cold air temperature of 23 ° C, and the both ends of the mesh were held by a stretcher. As shown in Fig. 2, the stress from the start of the step B to the position of 10 cm is 135 N/mm, the temperature is 160 ° C, and the stretching ratio is 1.3 times, and the obtained cyclic olefin resin film is coated on both sides. Open a slit, add The width is 1.4 m, and the retardation film 17 having a film thickness of 80 μm is obtained. Further, the protective film is wound around the polyester film at the time of winding, thereby producing the ultraviolet ray in the thickness direction of the film. The distribution of the agent was measured in accordance with the method for measuring the amount of the additive described later, and the results are shown in Table 1. Example 13 Production of a polycarbonate-based film by a solution casting method Film formation &lt;Doping composition&gt; Resin-80- 200821642 (viscosity average molecular weight 40,000 'bisphenol A type) 100 parts by mass of Lu 2-(2'-hydroxy-3',55-di-tertiary butylphenyl)benzotriazole (UV absorption) (Agent) 0 parts by mass of dichloromethane 430 parts by mass of methanol 90 parts by mass The above-mentioned composition was placed in a sealed container, and the mixture was kept at 80 ° C under pressure while stirring, and completely dissolved to obtain a doping composition.

接著,將此摻雜組成物過濾,冷卻並保持於33 °C,在 不鏽鋼製帶支持體上進行均一地流鑄,在3 3 °C經5分鐘乾 燥。接著在自支持體上使網狀物(薄膜)剝離之際,與上述 實施例1之相位差薄膜同樣地,在剝離張力1 20 N/m,殘 留溶劑量45質量%,冷風溫度23 °C之條件進行剝離,以 拉寬器把持網狀物兩端部份,如第2圖所示自B步驟開始 至10cm之位置爲止之應力爲140 N/mm,溫度125°C,拉· 伸倍率爲1.21倍之條件進行拉伸,進行拉伸處理,獲胃 寬1.4m,膜厚65 μηι之相位差薄膜。如此一來所製作之 薄膜厚度方向之紫外線吸收劑之分布係依照後述添加劑* 測定之方法進行測定之結果,則如表1記載。 比較例1 (主摻雜之調製) 纖維素乙酸酯丙酸酯 100質量ί分 (總取代度2.50,數平均分子量70000,重量平均分子量 1 80 000,固有黏度(IV) 1.4 :稱爲纖維素酯Α) -81 - 200821642 芳香族末端酯系可塑劑(化合物一例(1 )) 2-(2、羥基-3’,5、二·三級丁基苯基) 6質量份 苯并三唑(紫外線吸收劑) 1質量份 乙基鄰苯二醯基乙基羥乙酸酯 4質量份 二氯甲烷 470質量份 乙基醇 3 〇質量份 調製上述組成之主摻雜液。首先,在加壓溶解槽添加 二氯甲烷與乙基醇。在裝入溶劑之加壓溶解槽一邊攪拌纖 維素酯A —邊投入。使其加熱,一邊攪拌並同時完全溶 解,進而添加可塑劑及紫外線吸收劑並溶解·之。對此使用 安積濾紙公司製之安積濾紙No.244進行過濾來調製主摻 雜液。 微粒子分散液之調整及微粒子添加液之調整係與實施 例1記載同樣地實施。 接著,添加-主摻雜液1 〇〇質量份,與微粒子添加液5 質量份,以聯機混合器(Toray靜止型管內混合機,Hi-Mixer,SWJ)予以充分混合,接著使用帶流鑄裝置,在寬 2m之不鏽鋼帶支持體進行均一地流鑄。在不鏽鋼帶支持 體上,以剝離張力130 N/m,殘留溶劑量100質量%之條 件進行剝離。 不鏽鋼帶之溫度係使前半之平均溫度保持於3 0°C,後 半之平均溫度保持於25 °C之方式來控制供給於帶表面及內 面之溫風溫度。拉寬器拉伸條件係以溫度1 2(TC,拉伸倍 率1.2倍,拉伸速度40mm/秒之條件製作相位差薄膜。 -82- 200821642 比較例2 (主摻雜之調製) 纖維素乙酸酯丙酸酯 100質量份 (總取代度2 · 5 0,數平均分子量7 0 0 0 0,重量平均分子量 1 80000,固有黏度(IV)1 ·4 :稱爲纖維素酯a) 芳香族末端酯系可塑劑(化合物一例(1)) 6質量份Next, the doping composition was filtered, cooled and kept at 33 ° C, uniformly cast on a stainless steel belt support, and dried at 33 ° C for 5 minutes. Then, when the web (film) was peeled off from the support, the peeling tension was 1 20 N/m, the residual solvent amount was 45% by mass, and the cold air temperature was 23 ° C, similarly to the retardation film of Example 1 described above. The conditions are peeled off, and the ends of the mesh are held by the stretcher, and the stress from the start of the step B to the position of 10 cm as shown in Fig. 2 is 140 N/mm, the temperature is 125 ° C, and the stretching ratio is increased. The film was stretched under conditions of 1.21 times, and subjected to a stretching treatment to obtain a phase difference film having a stomach width of 1.4 m and a film thickness of 65 μm. The distribution of the ultraviolet absorber in the thickness direction of the film thus produced is measured in accordance with the method of measuring the additive * described later, and is shown in Table 1. Comparative Example 1 (Preparation of main doping) Cellulose acetate propionate 100 mass parts (total degree of substitution 2.50, number average molecular weight 70,000, weight average molecular weight 1 80 000, intrinsic viscosity (IV) 1.4 : called fiber Ester ester Α) -81 - 200821642 Aromatic terminal ester plasticizer (an example of compound (1)) 2-(2, hydroxy-3', 5, di-tert-butylphenyl) 6 parts by mass of benzotriazole (Ultraviolet absorber) 1 part by mass of ethyl phenenyl ethyl hydroxyacetate 4 parts by mass of dichloromethane 470 parts by mass of ethyl alcohol 3 parts by mass to prepare a main dope of the above composition. First, dichloromethane and ethyl alcohol were added to the pressure dissolution tank. The cellulose ester A was stirred while being charged in a pressure-dissolving tank filled with a solvent. This is heated, stirred while being completely dissolved, and then a plasticizer and an ultraviolet absorber are added and dissolved. In this case, the main mixed solution was prepared by filtering using the filter paper No. 244 manufactured by Anchip Paper Co., Ltd. The adjustment of the fine particle dispersion and the adjustment of the fine particle addition liquid were carried out in the same manner as in the description of Example 1. Next, 1 part by mass of the main doping solution was added, and 5 parts by mass of the microparticle-added liquid was thoroughly mixed with an in-line mixer (Toray static in-line mixer, Hi-Mixer, SWJ), followed by strip casting. The device was uniformly cast in a stainless steel belt support having a width of 2 m. On the stainless steel belt support, peeling was carried out under the conditions of a peeling tension of 130 N/m and a residual solvent amount of 100% by mass. The temperature of the stainless steel belt was such that the average temperature of the first half was maintained at 30 ° C, and the average temperature of the latter half was maintained at 25 ° C to control the temperature of the warm air supplied to the surface of the belt and the inside. The stretching condition of the stretcher was to produce a retardation film under the conditions of a temperature of 12 (TC, a draw ratio of 1.2 times, and a draw speed of 40 mm/sec. -82- 200821642 Comparative Example 2 (modulation of main doping) Cellulose B 100 parts by mass of ester propionate (total degree of substitution 2 · 50, number average molecular weight 7 0 0 0 0, weight average molecular weight 1 80000, intrinsic viscosity (IV) 1 · 4 : called cellulose ester a) aromatic Terminal ester plasticizer (an example of compound (1)) 6 parts by mass

2-(2’-羥基-3’,5’-二-三級丁基苯基) 苯并三唑(紫外線吸收劑) 1質量份 乙基鄰苯二醯基乙基羥乙酸酯 4質量份 二氯甲烷 630質量份 乙基醇 7 0質量份 調製上述組成之主摻雜液。 以下,至流鑄爲止之條件則與實施例1同樣地實施。 不鏽鋼帶之溫度係使前半之平均溫度保持於1 5 °C,後 半之平均溫度保持於20°C之方式來控制供給於帶表面及內 面之溫風之溫度。拉寬器拉伸條件係在溫度11 or,拉伸 倍率1.15倍,拉伸速度20mm/秒之條件來製作相位差薄 膜。 比較例3 主摻雜之調整係與實施例1同,使不鏽册帶溫度’前 半後半均使平均溫度保持於5 5 °C之方式來控制供給於帶表 面及內面之溫風之溫度。拉寬器拉伸條件係於溫度 -83- 200821642 140°C,拉伸倍率1.30倍,拉伸速度70mm/秒之條件來製 作相位差薄膜。 比較例4 主摻雜之調整係與實施例1同,使不鏽鋼帶溫度之, 前半平均溫度保持於2 5 °C,後半之平均溫度保持於1 5 °C 之方式來控制供給於帶表面及內面之溫風之溫度。拉寬器 拉伸條件係在溫度1 〇 〇 °C,拉伸倍率1 .1 7倍,拉伸速度2 〇 mm/秒之條件製作相位差薄膜。 比較例5 主摻雜之調整係與實施例1同,使不鏽鋼帶溫度,前 半平均溫度保持於35°C,後半平均溫度保持於20 °C之方式 來控制供給於帶表面及內面之溫風之溫度。拉寬器拉伸條 件係在溫度105 °C,拉伸倍率1 .17倍,拉伸速度40mm/秒 之條件下製作相位差薄膜。 比較例6 主摻雜之調整係與實施例1同,將不鏽鋼帶溫度,使 前半平均溫度保持於1 5 °C,後半平均溫度保持於3 0 °C之方 式來控制供給於帶表面及內面之溫風之溫度。拉寬器拉伸 條件係以溫度1 75 °C,拉伸倍率1.43倍,拉伸速度30mm/ 秒之條件來製作相位差薄膜。 -84- 200821642 比較例7 (主摻雜之調製) 纖維素乙酸酯丙酸酯 (總取代度2.60,數平均分子量80000,重 1 90000,固有黏度(IV)1.7) 芳香族末端酯系可塑劑(化合物一例(1)) 2-(2’-羥基-3’,5’-二-三級丁基苯基) 苯并三唑(紫外線吸收劑) 乙基鄰苯二醯基乙基羥乙酸酯 二氯甲烷 乙基醇 調製上述組成之主摻雜液。 以下,流鑄爲止之條件係與實施例1同7 將不鏽鋼帶溫度,前半後半均以平均溫 式來控制供給於帶表面及內面之溫風之溫度 條件係以溫度100°c,拉伸倍率1.30倍,拉 秒之條件製作相位差薄膜。 比較例8 (主摻雜之調製) 纖維素乙酸酯丁酸酯 (總取代度2.42,數平均分子量1 1 〇〇〇〇, 量230000,固有黏度(IV)1.4) 芳香族末端酯系可塑劑(化合物一例(1)) 100質量份 量平均分子量 6質量份 1質量份 4質量份 4〇〇質量份 1〇〇質量份 I地實施。 t爲15°c之方^ 。拉寬器拉伸 伸速度l〇mm/ 1 0 0質量份 重量平均分子 6質量份 -85- 200821642 1質量份 4質量份 350質量份 1 5 0質量份 2-(2’一羥基·3’,5、二-三級丁基苯基) 苯并三唑(紫外線吸收劑) 乙基鄰苯二醯基乙基羥乙酸酯 二氯甲烷 乙基醇 調製上述組成之主摻雜液。 以下,至流鑄爲止之條件係與實施例1同樣地實施。2-(2'-hydroxy-3',5'-di-tertiary butylphenyl) benzotriazole (ultraviolet absorber) 1 part by mass of ethylphthalic acid ethyl glycolate 4 mass A main dope of the above composition was prepared by dissolving 630 parts by mass of methylene chloride (70 parts by mass) of ethyl alcohol. Hereinafter, the conditions up to the casting are carried out in the same manner as in the first embodiment. The temperature of the stainless steel strip was such that the average temperature of the first half was maintained at 15 ° C, and the average temperature of the latter half was maintained at 20 ° C to control the temperature of the warm air supplied to the surface of the belt and the inside. The stretcher stretching conditions were made at a temperature of 11 or more, a draw ratio of 1.15 times, and a draw speed of 20 mm/sec to prepare a retardation film. Comparative Example 3 The adjustment of the main doping was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1, and the temperature of the warm wind supplied to the surface of the belt and the inner surface was controlled so that the temperature of the stainless steel strip was kept at an average temperature of 55 ° C in the first half and the second half. . The stretcher stretching conditions were carried out under the conditions of a temperature of -83 to 200821642 140 ° C, a draw ratio of 1.30 times, and a draw speed of 70 mm / sec to prepare a retardation film. Comparative Example 4 The adjustment of the main doping was the same as in Example 1, and the temperature of the stainless steel strip was maintained. The average temperature of the first half was maintained at 25 ° C, and the average temperature of the latter half was maintained at 15 ° C to control the supply to the belt surface. The temperature of the inner wind. Stretcher The stretch condition was made at a temperature of 1 〇 〇 ° C, a draw ratio of 1.1 times, and a draw speed of 2 〇 mm / sec. Comparative Example 5 The adjustment of the main doping was the same as in Example 1, and the temperature of the stainless steel strip was maintained, the first half average temperature was maintained at 35 ° C, and the latter half average temperature was maintained at 20 ° C to control the temperature supplied to the belt surface and the inner surface. The temperature of the wind. The stretcher was subjected to a retardation film at a temperature of 105 ° C, a draw ratio of 1.17 times, and a draw speed of 40 mm / sec. Comparative Example 6 The adjustment of the main doping was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1, and the temperature of the stainless steel was maintained so that the average temperature of the first half was maintained at 15 ° C, and the average temperature of the latter half was maintained at 30 ° C to control the supply to the surface of the belt. The temperature of the warm wind. The stretching condition of the stretcher was to produce a retardation film at a temperature of 1 75 ° C, a draw ratio of 1.43 times, and a draw speed of 30 mm / sec. -84- 200821642 Comparative Example 7 (Preparation of main doping) Cellulose acetate propionate (total degree of substitution 2.60, number average molecular weight 80000, weight 1 90000, intrinsic viscosity (IV) 1.7) Aromatic terminal ester type plastic Agent (compound example (1)) 2-(2'-hydroxy-3',5'-di-tertiary butylphenyl) benzotriazole (ultraviolet absorber) ethyl phthalic acid ethyl hydroxy Acetate dichloromethane ethyl alcohol modulates the main dope of the above composition. Hereinafter, the conditions for the casting are the same as in the first embodiment, the temperature of the stainless steel strip is the same, and the temperature of the warm air supplied to the surface of the belt and the inner surface is controlled by the average temperature in the first half and the second half at a temperature of 100 ° C. The retardation film was produced under the condition of 1.30 times magnification and pulling seconds. Comparative Example 8 (Preparation of main doping) Cellulose acetate butyrate (total degree of substitution 2.42, number average molecular weight 1 1 〇〇〇〇, amount 230,000, intrinsic viscosity (IV) 1.4) Aromatic terminal ester type plastic Agent (Example (1) of compound) 100 parts by mass of an average molecular weight of 6 parts by mass of 1 part by mass of 4 parts by mass of 4 parts by mass of 1 part by mass of I. t is the square of 15 °c. Stretcher stretching speed l〇mm/100 parts by weight weight average molecule 6 parts by mass -85- 200821642 1 part by mass 4 parts by mass 350 parts by mass 1 50 parts by mass 2-(2'-hydroxyl3' , 5, di-tertiary butylphenyl) benzotriazole (ultraviolet absorber) Ethyl phthalate ethyl hydroxyacetate dichloromethane ethyl alcohol The main doping solution of the above composition was prepared. Hereinafter, the conditions up to the casting were carried out in the same manner as in Example 1.

將不鏽鋼帶溫度,前半平均溫度保持於3 5 °C,後半之 平均溫度保持於25 °C之方式來控制供給於帶表面及內面之 溫風之溫度。拉寬器拉伸條件係以溫度1 3 5 °C,拉伸倍率 1 .28倍,拉伸速度35mm/秒之條件製作相位差薄膜。 比較例9 (主摻雜之調製) 纖維素乙酸酯丁酸酯 100質量份 (總取代度2.42,數平均分子量lioooo,重量平均分子 量23 0000,固有黏度(IV)1.4) 芳香族末端酯系可塑劑(化合物一例(1)) 6質量份 2-(2,-羥基-3,,5’-二-三級丁基苯基) 苯并三唑(紫外線吸收劑) 1質量份 乙基鄰苯二醯基乙基羥乙酸酯 4質量份 二氯甲烷 225質量份 乙基醇 25質量份 調製上述組成之主摻雜液。 -86- 200821642 以下,至流鑄爲止之條件係與實施例1同樣地實施。 將不鏽鋼帶溫度,前半平均溫度保持於2(TC,後半之 平均溫度保持於30°C之方式來控制供給於帶表面及內面之 溫風之溫度。拉寬器拉伸條件係以溫度1 58°C,拉伸倍率 1.34倍,拉伸速度15mm/秒之條件來製作相位差薄膜。 評價試驗 • 就以上述實施例1〜1 3,及比較例1〜9所得之相位差 - 薄膜,各自測定於溫度23°C,濕度55% RH之測定條件下 之薄膜拉伸方向之彈性率(E23),及溫度50°C,濕度55% RH之測定條件下測定之該薄膜拉伸方向之彈性率(E5〇), 同時,計算彈性率(E23)與彈性率(E5G)之差(Ε23·5〇),所得 之結果如下述表1所示。 〔彈性率之測定〕 • 將上述實施例1〜13及比較例1〜9所得相位差薄膜 之各試料,在溫度23^2它,濕度55±5 % RH之環境下,經 1 24小時放置後,使各試料之TD方向成爲長邊之方式,裁 斷成寬lOmmx長 200mm之薄長方形狀。接著,使用 Minebea公司製之 TG-2KN型拉伸試驗器,以夾盤 (chucking)壓 0.25 MPa,標線間距離 lOOztlOmm,將上述 薄長方形狀試料進行設定,以拉伸速度100±10mm/min之 速度拉伸。拉伸試驗係與裁斷時之相同環境下進行。 ί妾著,以所得之拉伸應力變形曲線,使計算彈性率開 -87· 200821642 始點爲1 〇N ’完成點爲3 〇N,其間所拉出之接線予以外 插’就各試料求得MD方向及TD方向之彈性率(E23)。 進而’相對於上述拉伸試驗機之薄膜設定部份及夾盤 @份’設置可任意加熱及加濕之單元,使庫內保持於溫度 5 0±2°C ’濕度55±5% RH之狀態。將各試料在上述庫內放 胃2小時後,以與上述情形同樣方法,實施拉伸試驗,就 各試料求得彈性率(E 5〇)。 又’就上述實施例1〜13及比較例1〜9所得之相位 差薄膜’測定面內相位差値R〇,厚度方向之相位差値 Rt ’所得之結果如下述表1所示。 [表面可塑劑量之測定] 薄膜表面之添加劑量係使用切刀自薄膜之表面削取10 微米左右,測定質量後,使其在丙酮中溶解,將在此所含 添加劑量使用氣體層析術(使用惠普公司製之氣體層析 5 890型SERISII)進行定量分析之方法。 〔相位差値R〇,Rt之測定〕 使用阿倍折射率計(1 T)與分光光源,測定上述實施例 1〜1 3及比較例1〜9所得之相位差薄膜之各試料之平均折 射率。又,使用市售之測微計,來測定上述實施例1〜13 及比較例1〜9所得之相位差薄膜之各試料厚度。 使用自動複折射計KOBRA-21ADH(王子計測機器公司 製),就溫度23 °C,濕度55% RH之環境下放置24小時之 -88- 200821642 上述實施例1〜1 3及比較例1〜9所得之相 試料,在同環境下,於波長5 89 nm中進行 各試料之延遲測定。 將上述平均折射率與膜厚輸入下述.式,. 位差値R〇,厚度方向之相位差値Rt。又, 軸之方向。 位差薄膜之各 相位差薄膜之 來求得面內相 同時測定滯相The temperature of the stainless steel strip was maintained at a temperature of 35 ° C in the first half and the average temperature in the latter half was maintained at 25 ° C to control the temperature of the warm air supplied to the surface of the belt and the inner surface. The stretcher stretching conditions were such that a retardation film was produced under the conditions of a temperature of 1 3 5 ° C, a draw ratio of 1.28 times, and a draw speed of 35 mm/sec. Comparative Example 9 (Preparation of main doping) 100 parts by mass of cellulose acetate butyrate (total degree of substitution 2.42, number average molecular weight lioooo, weight average molecular weight 23 0000, intrinsic viscosity (IV) 1.4) Aromatic terminal ester system Plasticizer (an example of compound (1)) 6 parts by mass of 2-(2,-hydroxy-3,5'-di-tertiary butylphenyl) benzotriazole (ultraviolet absorber) 1 part by mass of ethyl ortho To the benzene dimercaptoethyl glycol acetate 4 parts by mass of dichloromethane 225 parts by mass of ethyl alcohol 25 parts by mass, the main dope of the above composition was prepared. -86-200821642 Hereinafter, the conditions up to the casting were carried out in the same manner as in Example 1. The temperature of the stainless steel strip is maintained at a temperature of 2 (TC, and the average temperature of the latter half is maintained at 30 ° C to control the temperature of the warm air supplied to the surface of the belt and the inner surface. The tension condition of the stretcher is 1 A retardation film was produced under the conditions of a stretching ratio of 1.34 times and a stretching speed of 15 mm/sec at 58 ° C. Evaluation test • The phase difference-film obtained in the above Examples 1 to 13 and Comparative Examples 1 to 9, The elastic modulus (E23) of the film stretching direction under the measurement conditions of a temperature of 23 ° C and a humidity of 55% RH, and the tensile direction of the film measured under the measurement conditions of a temperature of 50 ° C and a humidity of 55% RH were measured. The elastic modulus (E5〇), and the difference between the elastic modulus (E23) and the elastic modulus (E5G) (Ε23·5〇), and the results obtained are shown in Table 1 below. [Measurement of the modulus of elasticity] • The above implementation The samples of the retardation films obtained in Examples 1 to 13 and Comparative Examples 1 to 9 were placed in an environment of a temperature of 23 ° 2 and a humidity of 55 ± 5 % RH for 14 hours, and the TD direction of each sample was made long. In the way of the side, cut into a thin rectangular shape with a width of lOmmx and a length of 200 mm. Then, using Minebea The TG-2KN tensile tester made by the company has a chucking pressure of 0.25 MPa and a distance between the marking lines of 100 ztlOmm. The thin rectangular sample is set and stretched at a tensile speed of 100 ± 10 mm/min. The tensile test is carried out in the same environment as in the cutting. 妾 , 以 以 以 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸 拉伸The wiring drawn between them is extrapolated'. The elastic modulus (E23) in the MD direction and the TD direction is obtained for each sample. Further, the setting of the film setting portion and the chuck @份' of the tensile testing machine can be arbitrarily selected. The unit for heating and humidifying keeps the inside of the chamber at a temperature of 50 ± 2 ° C 'humidity 55 ± 5% RH. After each sample is sterilized in the above-mentioned library for 2 hours, the same method as described above is carried out. In the tensile test, the elastic modulus (E 5 〇) was obtained for each sample. Further, the in-plane retardation 値R 〇 was measured in the retardation film obtained in the above Examples 1 to 13 and Comparative Examples 1 to 9, and the thickness direction was The results obtained by the phase difference 値Rt ' are shown in Table 1 below. [Surface plastic dose The amount of the additive on the surface of the film is about 10 μm from the surface of the film using a cutter. After the mass is measured, it is dissolved in acetone. The amount of the additive contained therein is gas tomography (using HP). Gas Chromatography Model 5 890 SERISII) Method for Quantitative Analysis [Phase Difference 値R〇, Rt Measurement] The above Examples 1 to 13 and Comparative Example 1 were measured using an ABB refractometer (1 T) and a spectroscopic light source. The average refractive index of each sample of the retardation film obtained in ~9. Further, the thicknesses of the respective samples of the retardation films obtained in the above Examples 1 to 13 and Comparative Examples 1 to 9 were measured using a commercially available micrometer. Using an automatic complex refractometer KOBRA-21ADH (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd.), it was allowed to stand for 24 hours in an environment of a temperature of 23 ° C and a humidity of 55% RH - 88 - 200821642 The above Examples 1 to 13 and Comparative Examples 1 to 9 The obtained phase samples were subjected to delayed measurement of each sample at a wavelength of 5 89 nm under the same environment. The average refractive index and the film thickness are input to the following equations, the position difference 値R〇, and the phase difference 値Rt in the thickness direction. Also, the direction of the axis. The phase difference film of the dislocation film is used to determine the phase in phase.

Ro=(nx-ny)xd Rt={(nx + ny)/2-nz}xd 式中,nx示薄膜面內滯相軸方向之折I 膜面內進相軸方向之折射率,nz示薄膜厚 率,d爲薄膜之厚度(nm)。 接著,使用上述實施例1〜1 3及比較例 相位差薄膜之各試料,以下述要領製作偏光 之評價。 寸率,ny示薄 度方向之折射 1 1〜9所得之 板,實施以下 《偏光板之製作》 將厚度1 2 0 μιη之聚乙烯醇薄膜’進行 1 l〇°C,拉伸倍率5倍)。使其在碘〇.075S ’ 100g所成水溶液經60秒浸漬,接著浸漬於 酸7.5g,水100g所成68°C之水溶液。使表 得偏光膜。 接著,依照下述步驟1〜5 ’將此偏光® 一軸拉伸(溫度 砩化鉀5 g,水 碘化鉀6g,硼 ;水洗,乾燥獲 !,與上述實施 -89- 200821642 例1〜1 3及比較例1〜9所得之相位差薄膜之各試料所成 表面側薄膜,與內面側之纖維素酯薄膜之 Konica MinoltaTac KC8UX-RHA 薄膜(Konica Minolta opt 公司製) 予以貼合,來製作偏光板。 步驟1 :將上述實施例1〜1 3及比較例1〜9所得之相 位差薄膜之各試料,在溫度5 Οΐ:之1莫耳/L之氫氧化鈉溶 液經60秒浸瀆,接著進行水洗並乾燥,獲得將與偏光膜 貼合側予以皂化之纖維素酯薄膜。此外,以實施例1 2與 1 3及比較例6與7所得之相位差薄膜之各試料,進行電漿 處理以替代皂化處理步驟並予以親水化。 步驟2:將該偏光膜在固形成分2質量%之聚乙烯醇 黏接劑槽中經1〜2秒浸漬。 步驟3 ;將於步驟2附著於偏光膜之過剩黏接劑輕輕 地拭去,使其載置於以步驟1處理之相位差薄膜之各試料 之上,進而使防反射層層合於外側之方式,並配置之。 步驟4 :將於步驟3所層合之相位差薄膜與偏光膜與 纖維素酯薄膜試料於壓力20〜30N/cm2,搬送速度約2m/ 分下貼合。 步驟5 :在80充之乾燥機中將以步驟4製作之上述實 施例1〜1 3及比較例1〜9所得之相位差薄膜之各試料, 與偏光膜,與纖維素酯薄膜貼合之層合薄膜經2分鐘乾燥 來製作偏光薄膜。 《液晶顯示裝置之製作》 -90- 200821642 將市售之液晶TV(夏普公司製aquos 32AD5)之偏光板 剝離,使用上述實施例1〜1 3及比較例1〜9所得之相位 差薄膜而各自製作之偏光薄膜,貼合於液晶晶胞之玻璃 面。 此時,其偏光板之貼合方向,係使各相位差薄膜之面 成爲液晶晶胞側之方式,且,在與預先貼合之偏光板相同 之方向朝向吸收軸來進行,各自製作液晶顯示裝置。 《基板邊角不均之評價》 使用上述實施例1·〜1 3·及比較例1〜9所得之相位差 薄膜來製作之偏光薄膜,將使用到此偏光薄膜之各液晶顯 示裝置,在溫度45°C±2°C,濕度95土3% RH之環境下保管 24小時。其後馬上移至溫度23 °C,濕度55% RH之房間, 將面板背光點亮。自點亮至24小時後,測定於黑顯示狀 態之四角落之正面亮度,計算平均値。此外,在此所謂 「四角落」係指,在有效顯示畫面之對角線上,離角落之 距離爲50mm處之謂。 就各液晶顯示裝置,基板邊角不均之發生,係藉由上 述四角落之正面亮度平均値,與畫面中央部份正面亮度之 比’可以下述5階段評價。評價等級係如以下。此外,使 液晶顯示裝置之畫面中央份之正面亮度爲1。所得之結果 如下述表1所示。 評價等級 •91 - 200821642 A :無基板邊角不均之發生 (四角落正面亮度平均;1.00〜1.05) B:以肉眼無法辨識基板邊角不均 (四角落正面亮度平均;1.06〜1.10) C :可見到基板邊角不均,而在使用時並無障礙 (四角落正面亮度平均;1.11〜1.20) D:顯示品質上有問題 (四角落正面亮度平均;1.21〜1·30) Ε:顯示品質上有重大問題 (四角落正面亮度平均;1·31以上) -92- 200821642Ro=(nx-ny)xd Rt={(nx + ny)/2-nz}xd where nx shows the refractive index of the phase in the axial direction of the film in the plane of the film, and the refractive index in the direction of the in-phase axis of the film surface, nz shows The film thickness ratio, d is the thickness (nm) of the film. Next, using the samples of the above-described Examples 1 to 13 and the comparative retardation film, the evaluation of the polarized light was carried out in the following manner. The inch rate, ny shows the plate obtained by the refraction of the thinness direction 1 1 to 9, and the following "production of a polarizing plate" is carried out. The polyvinyl alcohol film having a thickness of 120 μm is subjected to 1 l 〇 ° C, and the stretching ratio is 5 times. ). This was immersed in an aqueous solution of iodine.075S '100 g for 60 seconds, followed by immersion in an acid solution of 7.5 g of acid and 100 g of water to make a solution at 68 °C. Make a polarizing film. Then, according to the following steps 1 to 5 ', the polarizing® is axially stretched (temperature 5 g of potassium telluride, potassium iodide 6 g, boron; washed with water, dried and obtained, and the above-mentioned implementation -89-200821642 examples 1 to 1 3 and The surface side film of each sample of the retardation film obtained in Comparative Examples 1 to 9 was bonded to a Konica MinoltaTac KC8UX-RHA film (manufactured by Konica Minolta opt Co., Ltd.) of the cellulose ester film on the inner surface side to prepare a polarizing plate. Step 1: Each sample of the retardation film obtained in the above Examples 1 to 13 and Comparative Examples 1 to 9 was immersed in a sodium hydroxide solution at a temperature of 5 Torr: 1 mol/L for 60 seconds, followed by dipping. The mixture was washed with water and dried to obtain a cellulose ester film which was saponified on the side where the polarizing film was bonded. Further, each of the samples of the retardation films obtained in Examples 1 2 and 13 and Comparative Examples 6 and 7 was subjected to plasma treatment. In place of the saponification treatment step and hydrophilization. Step 2: The polarizing film is immersed in a polyvinyl alcohol adhesive tank having a solid content of 2% by mass for 1 to 2 seconds. Step 3; Attached to the polarizing film in Step 2. Excess adhesive is gently wiped off to place it The antireflection layer is laminated on each of the samples of the retardation film treated in the step 1, and the antireflection layer is laminated on the outer side. Step 4: The retardation film and the polarizing film and the cellulose which are laminated in the step 3 are laminated. The ester film sample was bonded at a pressure of 20 to 30 N/cm 2 and a conveying speed of about 2 m/min. Step 5: The above Examples 1 to 13 and Comparative Examples 1 to 9 which were produced in the step 4 in an 80-charge dryer were used. Each of the obtained phase difference film samples was dried with a polarizing film and a cellulose ester film to form a polarizing film for 2 minutes. "Production of Liquid Crystal Display Device" -90-200821642 Commercially available liquid crystal TV The polarizing plate of the aquos 32AD5 manufactured by Sharp Corporation was peeled off, and the polarizing film produced by using the retardation films obtained in the above Examples 1 to 13 and Comparative Examples 1 to 9 was bonded to the glass surface of the liquid crystal cell. The bonding direction of the polarizing plate is such that the surface of each of the retardation films is on the liquid crystal cell side, and the liquid crystal display device is produced by moving toward the absorption axis in the same direction as the polarizing plate to be bonded in advance. "Inconsistent corners of the substrate Evaluation" The polarizing film produced by using the retardation film obtained in the above Examples 1 to 13 and Comparative Examples 1 to 9 was used, and each liquid crystal display device using the polarizing film was at a temperature of 45 ° C ± 2 ° C. Store in a humidity of 95% 3% RH for 24 hours. Immediately thereafter, move to a room with a temperature of 23 °C and a humidity of 55% RH. The panel backlight will be lit. After lighting for 24 hours, the measurement is in black. In the fourth corner of the corner, the average 値 is calculated. In addition, the term "four corners" as used herein means that the distance from the corner is 50 mm on the diagonal of the effective display screen. In each liquid crystal display device, the occurrence of unevenness of the substrate corners is evaluated by the following five stages by the ratio of the front luminance average 値 of the four corners to the front luminance of the center portion of the screen. The rating is as follows. Further, the front luminance of the center portion of the screen of the liquid crystal display device is set to 1. The results obtained are shown in Table 1 below. Evaluation Level • 91 - 200821642 A : No unevenness of the substrate corners (average brightness of the four corners; 1.00 to 1.05) B: Unevenness of the substrate is not recognized by the naked eye (average brightness of the four corners; 1.06 to 1.10) C : It can be seen that the edge of the substrate is uneven, and it is not accessible when used (four-corner front brightness average; 1.11~1.20) D: There is a problem in display quality (four corner front brightness average; 1.21~1·30) Ε: display There are major problems in quality (four corners of the front brightness average; more than 1.31) -92- 200821642

【Is 基板邊角 不均等級 &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; PQ PQ PQ PQ u u u Q Q Q Q Q Q Q W W /-N S 1 in m r—t rs| r—H o 宕 o &lt;N CN 〇 o τ—H o t-H O o O o m o (N tn ON § 们 m t-H v—i jrj 1—H o r-H o (N m ▼-H o o 占1 Nw/ Ο jr&gt; m VO jo tn m 〇 »n Os 〇 r-H o (N 4/Ί m in ^T) |〇 沄 to V〇 o 褂§ i® ill ψ li7 &lt;π An 鹪擊 •海g O vn m SO V〇 m 〇〇 o ON ▼—i 〇 〇\ oo ON OO 卜 oo ft ? 鲣3 jrj 〇 m o v〇 VO 沄 »r&gt; § VO- s jrj cn o S v〇 m m 差 0^23-50) (GPa) Ο 〇 (N m O o (N m O s o g o r- o vn o 〇 CN 〇 JO 2 s o 〇 (N m o § o o m 〇 oo VO 〇 r—H o 彈性率(e50) (GPa) cn rn S VO Ό rn g rn OO r4 (M rn m v〇 (N (M (N rn in 1—i cn m m rn § (N s rn 00 (N rn o rn rn v〇 rn r-H! (N &lt;N JO rsi rn 彈性率(e23) (GPa) Ο γ- γπ 〇 寸 P; 寸* 〇 寸’ 1—Hi rn 等 cn s 寸· 〇 rn p- cn cn s 寸· »n rn rn 0\ r〇 〇 rn ▼-H 寸 rn o r—4 寸 o 寸· S t—H 另· ΓΟ 冢 oi 1 1 實施例1 實施例2 實施例3 實施例4 實施例5 實施例6 實施例7 實施例8 實施例9 實施例10 實施例11 實施例12 實施例13 比較例1 比較例2 比較例3 比較例4 比較例5 比較例6 比較例7 比較例8 比較例9 -93- 200821642 由述表1結果可知,使用本發明之實施例1〜1 3所得 相位差薄膜來製作之偏光薄膜,而使用此偏光薄膜之液晶 面板,基板邊角不均之評價結果爲等級A〜C,而可改善 液晶面板之基板邊角不均的發生。 又根據本發明之實施例1〜1 3所得相位差薄膜在相位 差薄膜中,將與偏光元件接觸之面之可塑劑量,以比接觸 玻璃側之面之可塑劑量更少者,可大幅抑制基板邊角不均 Φ 之發生。 - 吾人認爲此係,在使相位差薄膜之偏光元件側之表面 成爲低可塑劑量下,一方面可使相位差薄膜與PVA(偏光 元件)之接合力提高,另一方面相位差薄膜之玻璃側之表 面可塑劑量多,因溫度變化所致PV A之收縮而產生之應 力在傳導至相位差薄膜之際,因其力相對爲弱,故複折射 之紊亂難以產生成爲要因。 相對於此,在使用到使用比較例1〜9所得相位差-薄 @ 膜而製作之偏光薄膜的液晶面板,液晶面板四個角落之正 &lt; 面亮度之平均値爲1.21〜1.30,基板邊角不均之評價結果 1 爲等級D。在等級D發生基板邊角不均,在液晶面板之顯 示品質上,會有問題。又,在使用到使用比較例8,9所 得相位差薄膜而製作之偏光薄膜的液晶面板,液晶面板四 個角落之正面亮度之平均値爲1.31以上,基板邊角不均 之評價結果爲等級E。在等級E發生明顯之基板邊角不 均,而在液晶面板之顯示品質上,會有重大問題產生。 -94- 200821642 【圖式簡單說明】 [第1圖]說明在薄膜拉伸步驟之拉伸角度之說明圖。 [第2圖]表示本發明之方法所使用之拉伸步驟之一例 之槪略平面圖。 [第3圖]本發明之方法所使用之拉寬器拉伸裝置之一 例以模式所示槪略平面圖。 【主要元件符號說明】 1 a :左側輪狀鏈(旋轉驅動裝置) 1 b :右側輪狀鏈(旋轉驅動裝置)·‘ 2 a :左側夾具 2b :右側夾具 3a:左側夾具閉合器(clip closer) 3b ;右側夾具閉合器 4a :左側夾具開啓器(clip opener) 4b :右側夾具開啓器 10a :拉寬器拉伸裝置 -95-[Is substrate edge unevenness level &lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt; PQ PQ PQ PQ uuu QQQQQQQWW /-NS 1 in mr-t rs| r-H o 宕o &lt;N CN 〇o τ- H o tH O o O omo (N tn ON § m tH v—i jrj 1—H o rH o (N m ▼-H oo 占1 Nw/ Ο jr&gt; m VO jo tn m 〇»n Os 〇rH o (N 4/Ί m in ^T) |〇沄to V〇o 褂§ i® ill ψ li7 &lt;π An sniper • sea g O vn m SO V〇m 〇〇o ON ▼—i 〇〇 \ oo ON OO oo ft ? 鲣3 jrj 〇mov〇VO 沄»r&gt; § VO- s jrj cn o S v〇mm difference 0^23-50) (GPa) Ο 〇 (N m O o (N m O sogo r- o vn o 〇CN 〇JO 2 so 〇(N mo § oom 〇oo VO 〇r—H o Elasticity (e50) (GPa) cn rn S VO Ό rn g rn OO r4 (M rn mv〇 (N (M rn in 1 -i cn mm rn § (N s rn 00 (N rn o rn rn v〇rn rH! (N &lt; N JO rsi rn Elasticity (e23) (GPa) Ο γ- Γπ 〇 inch P; inch * 〇 inch ' 1—Hi rn et cn s inch · 〇rn p- cn cn s inch · »n rn rn 0\ r〇〇rn ▼-H inch rn or -4 inch o inch · S t-H another · ΓΟ 冢Oi 1 1 Embodiment 1 Embodiment 2 Embodiment 3 Embodiment 4 Embodiment 5 Embodiment 6 Embodiment 7 Embodiment 8 Example 9 Example 10 Example 11 Example 12 Example 13 Comparison Example 1 Comparative Example 2 Comparative Example 3 Comparative Example 4 Comparative Example 5 Comparative Example 6 Comparative Example 7 Comparative Example 8 Comparative Example 9 -93-200821642 From the results of Table 1, the polarizing film produced by using the retardation film of Examples 1 to 13 of the present invention was observed. In the liquid crystal panel using the polarizing film, the evaluation results of the unevenness of the substrate corners are grades A to C, and the occurrence of unevenness of the substrate corners of the liquid crystal panel can be improved. Further, according to the retardation film of Examples 1 to 13 of the present invention, in the retardation film, the plasticity of the surface in contact with the polarizing element is less than the plastic amount of the surface contacting the glass side, and the substrate can be greatly suppressed. The unevenness of the corner Φ occurs. - I believe that this system can increase the bonding force between the retardation film and the PVA (polarizing element) while making the surface of the retardation film on the side of the polarizing element low, and on the other hand, the glass of the phase difference film. The surface of the side has a large amount of plasticity, and the stress generated by the contraction of PV A due to the temperature change is relatively weak when the stress is transmitted to the phase difference film, so that the disorder of the birefringence is hard to be caused. On the other hand, in the liquid crystal panel using the polarizing film produced by using the phase difference-thin film obtained in Comparative Examples 1 to 9, the average 値 of the square brightness of the four corners of the liquid crystal panel was 1.21 to 1.30, and the substrate side was used. The evaluation result 1 of the angular unevenness is the grade D. There is a problem that the substrate corners are uneven at the level D, and there is a problem in the display quality of the liquid crystal panel. Further, in the liquid crystal panel using the polarizing film produced by using the retardation film obtained in Comparative Examples 8 and 9, the average 値 of the front luminance of the four corners of the liquid crystal panel was 1.31 or more, and the evaluation result of the unevenness of the substrate corner was grade E. . Significant substrate edge unevenness occurs at level E, and there is a major problem in the display quality of the liquid crystal panel. -94- 200821642 [Simple description of the drawings] [Fig. 1] is an explanatory view showing the stretching angle in the film stretching step. Fig. 2 is a schematic plan view showing an example of a stretching step used in the method of the present invention. [Fig. 3] An example of a stretcher stretching device used in the method of the present invention is a plan view schematically shown in the mode. [Main component symbol description] 1 a : Left wheel chain (rotary drive unit) 1 b : Right wheel chain (rotary drive unit) · 2 a : Left side clamp 2b : Right side clamp 3a: Left side clamp closer (Clip closer 3b; right clamp closer 4a: left grip opener 4b: right clamp opener 10a: stretcher stretching device - 95-

Claims (1)

200821642 十、申請專利範圍 1·一種相位差薄膜,其爲在薄膜製膜步驟之一部份具 備,把持薄膜之端部,於與搬送方向正交之方向拉伸之手 段的製造步驟中所製造之相位*差薄膜,其特徵爲,在溫度 2 3 °C,濕度55% RH之測定條件下測定之薄膜拉伸方向之 彈性率(E23)爲3.4〜4.4 GPa,且在溫度 50°C,濕度 55% RH之測定條件中與彈性率(E5〇)之差(△Eu.m)可滿足下述 式(1),而與偏光元件接合側之存在於相位差薄膜表面之添 加物量以質量比爲1 0 .0之情形,與玻璃面黏著側之存在於 相位差薄膜表面之添加物量以質量比爲20〜70者, 式(1)0·30‘ΔΕ23·50‘0·80 但,△ Ε 2 3 - 5 0 = Ε 2 3 - Ε 5 〇, t η 在此之添加物係指,構成相位差薄膜之材料中,作爲 主要之樹脂及溶劑以外材料之意。 2. 如申請專利範圍第1項之相位差薄膜,其中薄膜之 膜厚爲35〜60 μιη者。 3. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項之相位差薄膜,其 中樹脂之固有黏度(IV)爲1.3〜1.7者。 4·如申請專利範圍第1項至第3項中任一項之相位差 薄膜,其中樹脂之主成分係纖維素酯,該纖維素酯係含有 選自纖維素乙酸酯、纖維素乙酸酯丙酸酯、纖維素乙酸酯 丁酸酯所成群中至少1種者。 -96- 200821642 5 .如申請專利範圍第4項之相位差薄膜,其中纖維素 酯具有2.42〜2.60之酯基取代度者。200821642 X. Patent Application No. 1. A retardation film which is provided in a manufacturing step of a means for holding an end portion of a film and stretching it in a direction orthogonal to a conveying direction, in one part of a film forming step The phase-difference film is characterized in that the elastic modulus (E23) of the film in the tensile direction measured under the conditions of a temperature of 2 3 ° C and a humidity of 55% RH is 3.4 to 4.4 GPa, and at a temperature of 50 ° C, The difference between the measurement conditions of the humidity of 55% RH and the elastic modulus (E5〇) (ΔEu.m) satisfies the following formula (1), and the amount of the additive present on the surface of the retardation film on the side of the bonding element with the polarizing element is mass. When the ratio is 100.0, the amount of the additive existing on the surface of the retardation film on the glass surface side is 20 to 70 by mass ratio, and the formula (1) 0·30'ΔΕ23·50'0·80 △ Ε 2 3 - 5 0 = Ε 2 3 - Ε 5 〇, t η The additive here means that the material constituting the retardation film is intended to be a material other than the main resin and solvent. 2. For the phase difference film of claim 1, wherein the film thickness is 35 to 60 μm. 3. For the phase difference film of claim 1 or 2, the inherent viscosity (IV) of the resin is 1.3 to 1.7. 4. The retardation film according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the main component of the resin is a cellulose ester, and the cellulose ester is selected from the group consisting of cellulose acetate and cellulose acetate. At least one of a group of ester propionate and cellulose acetate butyrate. -96-200821642 5. A retardation film according to item 4 of the patent application, wherein the cellulose ester has a degree of ester substitution of 2.42 to 2.60.
TW96135749A 2006-09-29 2007-09-26 Retardation film TW200821642A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2006268763 2006-09-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200821642A true TW200821642A (en) 2008-05-16

Family

ID=39324336

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW96135749A TW200821642A (en) 2006-09-29 2007-09-26 Retardation film

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW200821642A (en)
WO (1) WO2008050525A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
MX2011000233A (en) 2008-07-08 2011-05-19 Oncomed Pharm Inc Notch1 receptor binding agents and methods of use thereof.
JP2012198282A (en) * 2011-03-18 2012-10-18 Konica Minolta Advanced Layers Inc λ/4 PLATE, MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF, POLARIZING PLATE, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE, AND STEREOSCOPIC IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE
JP6470829B1 (en) * 2017-12-04 2019-02-13 住友化学株式会社 Optical laminate and method for producing the same

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH063524A (en) * 1992-06-23 1994-01-14 Kureha Chem Ind Co Ltd Optical phase difference plate
JP4010081B2 (en) * 1999-08-18 2007-11-21 コニカミノルタホールディングス株式会社 Cellulose ester and polarizing plate protective film using the same
DE10009646A1 (en) * 2000-03-01 2001-09-13 Ticona Gmbh Polymer mixture containing amorphous polyolefin, useful for preparing e.g. axially oriented films, has controllable relaxation and shrinkage properties
JP2003232920A (en) * 2002-02-07 2003-08-22 Konica Corp Optical film and method for manufacturing the same
JP2006030457A (en) * 2004-07-14 2006-02-02 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2008050525A1 (en) 2008-05-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5003493B2 (en) Retardation film, method for producing retardation film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
TWI427337B (en) Phase difference film, polarizing plate and vertical orientation type liquid crystal display device
KR101135773B1 (en) Process for Preparing Phase Difference Roll Film, Phase Difference Film, Polarizing Plate and Display Device
KR101641473B1 (en) Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JPWO2007066470A1 (en) Polarizing plate, manufacturing method of polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP2007279469A (en) Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP2021073488A (en) Polarizer, method for manufacturing the same, and liquid crystal display device
TWI404622B (en) Acrylated cellulose film manufacturing method, acylated cellulose film, polarizing cellulose film manufacturing method
JP4992116B2 (en) Method for producing retardation film
JP6330808B2 (en) Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP6711364B2 (en) Optical film, optical film roll, and method for producing optical film
TW200821642A (en) Retardation film
JP2007256637A (en) Retardation film and manufacturing method thereof
JP2008268419A (en) Manufacturing method of retardation film, retardation film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP2007245539A (en) Cellulose ester film and its manufacturing method
JP2008307730A (en) Method for manufacturing optical film, optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display
TW201726373A (en) Optical film reduces occurrence of cracks or debris during punching of a polarizing plate
KR101976303B1 (en) Method for manufacturing conductive film, touch panel and conductive film
JP2005309339A (en) Optical compensating film and manufacturing method for polarizing plate
TWI827659B (en) Polarizing plate with retardation layer and image display device using the polarizing plate with retardation layer
JP2009047800A (en) Optical film, polarization plate using the same and display device
JP2013114105A (en) Polarizing plate and display device with the same